WO2008002569A2 - Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use - Google Patents

Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008002569A2
WO2008002569A2 PCT/US2007/014822 US2007014822W WO2008002569A2 WO 2008002569 A2 WO2008002569 A2 WO 2008002569A2 US 2007014822 W US2007014822 W US 2007014822W WO 2008002569 A2 WO2008002569 A2 WO 2008002569A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
ethyl
thiazol
phenylsulfamic acid
substituted
methoxycarbonyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2007/014822
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2008002569A3 (en
Inventor
Jeffrey Lyle Gray
Kande Amarasinghe
Cynthia Monesa Clark
Mathew Brian Maier
Ryan Nichols
Original Assignee
The Procter & Gamble Company
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to JP2009518226A priority Critical patent/JP5232778B2/en
Priority to BRPI0713570-0A priority patent/BRPI0713570A2/en
Priority to MX2009000288A priority patent/MX2009000288A/en
Priority to EP17191765.1A priority patent/EP3323815B8/en
Priority to EP07809907.4A priority patent/EP2041102B1/en
Priority to CN2007800309390A priority patent/CN101506183B/en
Priority to KR1020097001678A priority patent/KR101155365B1/en
Application filed by The Procter & Gamble Company filed Critical The Procter & Gamble Company
Priority to AU2007265453A priority patent/AU2007265453B2/en
Priority to CA2657096A priority patent/CA2657096C/en
Priority to PL07809907T priority patent/PL2041102T3/en
Priority to ES07809907.4T priority patent/ES2525429T3/en
Priority to SI200731567T priority patent/SI2041102T1/en
Priority to NZ574407A priority patent/NZ574407A/en
Priority to DK07809907.4T priority patent/DK2041102T3/en
Priority to PL17191765T priority patent/PL3323815T3/en
Publication of WO2008002569A2 publication Critical patent/WO2008002569A2/en
Publication of WO2008002569A3 publication Critical patent/WO2008002569A3/en
Priority to IL196128A priority patent/IL196128A/en
Priority to HK09108319.8A priority patent/HK1129386A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/425—Thiazoles
    • A61K31/426—1,3-Thiazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/425—Thiazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/425—Thiazoles
    • A61K31/427—Thiazoles not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/425—Thiazoles
    • A61K31/428—Thiazoles condensed with carbocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/4965—Non-condensed pyrazines
    • A61K31/497—Non-condensed pyrazines containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
    • A61K9/0019—Injectable compositions; Intramuscular, intravenous, arterial, subcutaneous administration; Compositions to be administered through the skin in an invasive manner
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/10—Ophthalmic agents for accommodation disorders, e.g. myopia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/16—Antivirals for RNA viruses for influenza or rhinoviruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00—Antiparasitic agents
    • A61P33/02—Antiprotozoals, e.g. for leishmaniasis, trichomoniasis, toxoplasmosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/04—Immunostimulants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06—Antianaemics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/04—Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/08—Vasodilators for multiple indications
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/28—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/30—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D277/62—Benzothiazoles
    • C07D277/64—Benzothiazoles with only hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached in position 2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to compounds effective as human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP- ⁇ ) inhibitors thereby regulating angiogenesis.
  • the present disclosure further relates to compositions comprising said human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP- ⁇ ) inhibitors, and to methods for regulating angiogenesis.
  • Angiogenesis the sprouting of new blood vessels from the pre-existing vasculature, plays a crucial role in a wide range of physiological and pathological processes (Nguyen, L.L. et at, Int. Rev. Cytol., 204, 1-48, (2001)).
  • Angiogenesis is a complex process, mediated by communication between the endothelial cells that line blood vessels and their surrounding environment.
  • tissue or tumor cells produce and secrete pro- angiogenic growth factors in response to environmental stimuli such as hypoxia. These factors diffuse to nearby endothelial cells and stimulate receptors that lead to the production and secretion of proteases that degrade the surrounding extracellular matrix.
  • the activated endothelial cells begin to migrate and proliferate into the surrounding tissue toward the source of these growth factors (Bussolino, F., Trends Biochem. Sd., 22, 251-256, (1997)). Endothelial cells then stop proliferating and differentiate into tubular structures, which is the first step in the formation of stable, mature blood vessels. Subsequently, periendothelial cells, such as pericytes and smooth muscle cells, are recruited to the newly formed vessel in a further step toward vessel maturation.
  • Angiogenesis is regulated by a balance of naturally occurring pro- and anti-angiogenic factors.
  • Vascular endothelial growth factor, fibroblast growth factor, and angiopoeitin represent a few of the many potential pro-angiogenic growth factors.
  • These ligands bind to their respective receptor tyrosine kinases on the endothelial cell surface and transduce signals that promote cell migration and proliferation. Whereas many regulatory factors have been identified, the molecular mechanisms of this process are still not fully understood.
  • unregulated or improperly regulated angiogenesis may either cause a particular disease or exacerbate an existing pathological condition.
  • ocular neovascularization has been implicated as the most common cause of blindness and underlies the pathology of approximately 20 eye diseases.
  • newly formed capillary blood vessels invade the joints and destroy cartilage.
  • new capillaries formed in the retina invade the vitreous humor, causing bleeding and blindness.
  • tumors which enlarge to greater than 2 mm in diameter must obtain their own blood supply and do so by inducing the growth of new capillary blood vessels. After these new blood vessels become embedded in the tumor, they provide nutrients and growth factors essential for tumor growth as well as a means for tumor cells to enter the circulation and metastasize to distant sites, such as liver, lung or bone (Weidner, New Eng. J.
  • Tissue growth and repair are biologic events wherein cellular proliferation and angiogenesis occur.
  • an important aspect of wound repair is the revascularization of damaged tissue by angiogenesis.
  • Atherosclerotic lesions in large vessels may cause tissue ischemia that could be ameliorated by modulating blood vessel growth to the affected tissue.
  • atherosclerotic lesions in the coronary arteries may cause angina and myocardial infarction that could be prevented if one could restore blood flow by stimulating the growth of collateral arteries.
  • atherosclerotic lesions in the large arteries that supply the legs may cause ischemia in the skeletal muscle that limits mobility and in some cases necessitates amputation, which may also be prevented by improving blood flow with angiogenic therapy.
  • diabetes and hypertension are characterized by a decrease in the number and density of small blood vessels such as arterioles and capillaries. These small blood vessels are important for the delivery of oxygen and nutrients. A decrease in the number and density of these vessels contributes to the adverse consequences of hypertension and diabetes including claudication, ischemic ulcers, accelerated hypertension, and renal failure. These common disorders and many other less common ailments, such as Burgers disease, could be ameliorated by increasing the number and density of small blood vessels using angiogenic therapy.
  • the compounds of the present disclosure are a new class of compounds that can regulate angiogenesis in humans.
  • the present disclosure further relates to pharmaceutical compositions and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and/or pharmaceutical compositions thereof comprising a) an effective amount of one or more compounds according to the present disclosure; and b) an excipient...
  • the present disclosures also relate to methods for controlling angiogenesis, and thereby providing a treatment for diseases affected by angiogenesis, said methods comprising administering to a human an effective amount of a compound according to the present disclosure.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable is meant a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., the material can be administered to an individual along with the relevant active compound without causing clinically unacceptable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the other components of the pharmaceutical composition in which it is contained.
  • Ranges can be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to "about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent "about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another aspect. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint. It is also understood that there are a number of values disclosed herein, and that each value is also herein disclosed as “about” that particular value in addition to the value itself. For example, if the value “10” is disclosed, then “about 10" is also disclosed.
  • organic unit refers to groups or moieties that comprise one or more carbon atoms and which form a portion of one of the compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • substituent units referred to elsewhere herein are organic units.
  • the organic units should often have variable ranges of restricted size and/or molecular weight, so as to provide desired binding to the target enzymes, solubility, bioabsorption characteristics.
  • organic unit can have, for example, 1-26 carbon atoms, 1-18 carbon atoms, 1-12 carbon atoms, 1-8 carbon atoms, or 1-4 carbon atoms.
  • Organic units often have hydrogen bound to at least some of the carbon atoms of the organic units, and can optionally contain the common heteroatoms found in substituted organic compounds, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, and the like, or inorganic atoms such as halogens, phosphorus, and the like.
  • substituted organic compounds such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, and the like
  • inorganic atoms such as halogens, phosphorus, and the like.
  • an organic radical that comprises no inorganic atoms is a 5, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-2-naphthyl radical.
  • an organic radical can contain 1-10 inorganic heteroatoms bound thereto or therein, including halogens, oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, and the like.
  • organic radicals include but are not limited to an alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, mono-substituted amino, di-substituted amino, acyloxy, cyano, carboxy, carboalkoxy, alkylcarboxamido, substituted alkylcarboxamido, dialkylcarboxamido, substituted dialkylcarboxamido, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, thioalkyl, thiohaloalkyl, alkoxy,, substituted alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic, or substituted heterocyclic radicals, wherein the terms are defined elsewhere herein.
  • organic radicals that include heteroatoms include alkoxy radicals, trifiuoromethoxy radicals, acetoxy radicals, dimethyla
  • Substituted and unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl units include the following non-limiting examples: methyl (Ci) 3 ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), wo-propyl (C 3 ), cyclopropyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), .sec-butyl (C 4 ), iso-butyl (C 4 ), tert-bntyl (C 4 ), cyclobutyl (C 4 ), cyclopentyl (C 5 ), cyclohexyl (C(O, and the like; whereas substituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, non-limiting examples of which includes, hydroxymethyl (Ci), chloromethyl (Cj), trifluoromethyl (Ci), aminomethyl (Ci), 1-chloroethyl (C 2 ), 2-hydroxyethyl (C 2 ), 1 ,2-di
  • Substituted and unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkenyl include, ethenyl (C 2 ), 3- propenyl (C 3 ), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (Cs) 5 isopropenyl (also 2-methylethen-2-yl) (C 3 ), buten-4-yl (C 4 ), and the like; substituted linear or branched alkenyl, non-limiting examples of which include, 2-chloroethenyl (also 2-chloro vinyl) (C 2 ), 4-hydroxybuten-l-yl (C 4 ), 7- hydroxy-7-methyloct-4-en ⁇ 2-yl (C 9 ), 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-3,5-dien-2-yl (C 9 ), and the like.
  • Substituted and unsubstituted linear or branched alkynyl include, ethynyl (C 2 ), prop-2- ynyl (also propargyl) (C 3 ), propyn-1-yl (C 3 ), and 2-methyl-hex-4-yn-l-yl (C 7 ); substituted linear or branched alkynyl, non-limiting examples of which include, 5-hydroxy-5-methylhex-3-ynyl (C 7 ), 6-hydroxy-6-methylhept-3-yn-2-yl (C 8 ), 5-hydroxy-5-ethylhept-3-ynyl (C 9 ), and the like.
  • alkoxy denotes a unit having the general formula -OR 100 wherein R 100 is an alkyl, alkylenyl, or alkynyl unit as defined herein above, for example, methoxy, methoxymethyl, methoxymethyl.
  • haloalkyl denotes an alkyl unit having a hydrogen atom substituted by one or more halogen atoms, for example, trifluoromethyl, 1,2- dicloroethyl, and 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl.
  • aryl denotes cyclic organic units that comprise at least one benzene ring having a conjugated and aromatic six-membered ring, non-limiting examples of which include phenyl (Ce), naphthylen-1-yl (Ci 0 ), naphthylen-2-yl (Cio).
  • Aryl rings can have one or more hydrogen atoms substituted by another organic or inorganic radical.
  • Non-limiting examples of substituted aryl rings include: 4- fluorophenyl (Ce), 2-hydroxyphenyl (Ce), 3- methylphenyl (C 6 ), 2-amino-4-fluorophenyl (C 6 ), 2-(N,iV " -diethylamino)phenyl (Ce), 2- cyanophenyl (C 6 ), 2,6-di-ter ⁇ -butylphenyl (Ce), 3-methoxyphenyl (Ce), 8-hydroxynaphthylen-2- yl (Cio), 4,5-dimethoxynaphthylen-l-yl (Cio), and 6-cyanonaphthylen-l-yl (Cio).
  • heteroaryl denotes an organic unit comprising a five or six member conjugated and aromatic ring wherein at least one of the ring atoms is a heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • the heteroaryl rings can comprise a single ring, for example, a ring having 5 or 6 atoms wherein at least one ring atom is a heteroatom not limited to nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, such as a pyridine ring, a furan ring, or thiofuran ring.
  • a “heteroaryl” can also be a fused multi cyclic and heteroaromatic ring system having wherein at least one of the rings is an aromatic ring and at least one atom of the aromatic ring is a heteroatom including nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur
  • heterocyclic d-enotes ai ring system from 3 to 10 atoms wherein at least one of the ring atoms is a heteroatom not limited to nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • the rings can be single rings, fused rings, or bicyclic rings.
  • Non-limiting examples of heterocyclic rings include:
  • heteroaryl or heterocyclic rings can be optionally substituted with one or more substitutes for hydrogen as described herein further.
  • thiophene-2-yl and thiophene-3-yl are used to describe the heteroaryl units having the respective formulae: whereas in naming the compounds the - disclosuJre,; the chemical nomenclature for these moieties are typically spelled "thiophen-2-yl and thiophen-3-yl” respectively.
  • thiophene-2-yl and thiophene-3-yl are used when describing these rings as units or moieties which make up the compounds of the present disclosure solely to make it unambiguous to the artisan of ordinary skill which rings are referred to herein.
  • substituted is used throughout the specification.
  • substituted is defined herein as "a hydrocarbyl moiety, whether acyclic or cyclic, which has one or more hydrogen atoms replaced by a substituent or several substituents as defined herein below.”
  • the units, when substituting for hydrogen atoms are capable of replacing one hydrogen atom, two hydrogen atoms, or three hydrogen atoms of a hydrocarbyl moiety at a time.
  • these substituents can replace two hydrogen atoms on two adjacent carbons to form said substituent, new moiety, or unit.
  • a substituted unit that requires a single hydrogen atom replacement includes halogen, hydroxyl, and the like.
  • a two hydrogen atom replacement includes carbonyl, oximino, and the like.
  • a two hydrogen atom replacement from adjacent carbon atoms includes epoxy, and the like.
  • a three hydrogen replacement includes cyano, and the like.
  • substituted is used throughout the present specification to indicate that a hydrocarbyl moiety, inter alia, aromatic ring, alkyl chain; can have one or more of the hydrogen atoms replaced by a substituent. When a moiety is described as "substituted" any number of the hydrogen atoms may be replaced.
  • 4-hydroxyphenyl is a "substituted aromatic carbocyclic ring"
  • (N,N-dimethyl-5-amino)octanyl is a " substituted C 8 alkyl unit
  • 3- guanidinopropyl is a "substituted C 3 alkyl unit”
  • 2-carboxypyridinyl is a "substituted heteroaryl unit.”
  • units which can substitute for hydrogen atoms on a hydrocarbyl or other unit i) C 1 -C12 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl; for example, methyl (Cj), ethyl (C 2 ), ethenyl (C 2 ), ethynyl (C 2 ), n- ⁇ ropyl (C 3 ), /so-propyl (C 3 ), cyclopropyl (C 3 ), 3-propenyl (C 3 ), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C 3 ), isopropenyl ⁇ also 2-methylethen-2-yl) (C 3 ), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C 3 ), propyn-1-yl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), .sec-butyl (C 4 ), w ⁇ -butyl
  • CONHCH 3 CONHCH 3 , -CH 2 CONHCH 3 , -CON(CH 3 ) 2 , and -CH 2 CON(CH 3 ) 2 ; ix) -(CR 13a R 13b ) z N(R l2 ) 2 ; ; for example, -NH 2 , -CH 2 NH 2 , -NHCH 3 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -
  • each R 12 is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Cj-C 4 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, phenyl, benzyl; or two R 12 units can be taken together to form a ring comprising 3-7 atoms;
  • R I3a and R l3b are each independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 4 linear or branched alkyl; the index p is from O to 4.
  • the present disclosure addresses several unmet medical needs, inter alia;
  • compositions effective as human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP- ⁇ ) inhibitors and thereby providing a method for regulating angiogenesis in a disorder, disease, malady, or condition wherein angiogenesis is elevated;
  • compositions effective as human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP- ⁇ ) inhibitors Providing compositions effective as human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP- ⁇ ) inhibitors; and thereby providing a method for regulating angiogenesis in a disorder, disease, malady, or condition; and
  • compositions effective as human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP- ⁇ ) inhibitors and thereby providing a method for regulating angiogenesis in a disorder, disease, malady, or condition wherein angiogenesis is decreased.
  • HPTP- ⁇ human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta inhibitors of the present disclosure, that are capable of regulating angiogenesis and thereby serving as a method for treating elevated or diminished angiogenesis in humans or in treating diseases that are caused by insufficient regulation of human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP- ⁇ ).
  • the compounds disclosed herein include all pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms, for example, salts of both basic groups, inter alia, amines, as well as salts of acidic groups, inter alia, sulfamic acids, and carboxylic acids.
  • anions that can form salts with basic groups: chloride, bromide, iodide, sulfate, bisulfate, carbonate, bicarbonate, phosphate, formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate, pyruvate, lactate, oxalate, malonate, maleate, succinate, tartrate, fumarate, citrate, and the like.
  • cations that can form salts of acidic groups: sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, bismuth, and the like.
  • R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl unit having the formula:
  • R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are substituent groups that can be independently chosen from a wide variety of inorganic (hydrogen, hydroxyl, amino, halogen or the like) or organic substituent units, such as alkyls, cycloalkyls, heterocyclic, heteroaryls, and the like, wherein such substituent units can optionally have from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to six carbon atoms.
  • R units relates to thiazol-2-yl units having the formula: wherein R 4 and R 5 are each independently chosen from: i) hydrogen; ii) substituted or unsubstituted C) -Cs linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; iv) substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or
  • R 4 and R 5 can be taken together to form a saturated or unsaturated ring having from 5 to 7 atoms.
  • R 5 is hydrogen and R 4 is a unit chosen from methyl (Ci), ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), iso- propyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), wo-butyl (C 4 ), tert-b ⁇ ty ⁇ (C 4 ), n-pentyl (C 5 ), 1- methylbutyl (C 5 ), 2-methylbutyl (C 5 ), 3-methylbutyl (C 5 ), cyclopropyl (C 5 ), n-hexyl (C 6 ), 4- methylpentyl (C 6 ), and cyclohexyl (C 6 ).
  • R units include to units wherein R 4 is a unit chosen from methyl (Ci) 3 ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), iso-propyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), /so-butyl (C 4 ), and tert-bvtiyl (C 4 ); and R 5 is a unit chosen from methyl (Ci) or ethyl (C 2 ).
  • Non-limiting examples of this aspect of R includes 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl, 4-ethyl-5- methylthiazol-2-yl, 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl, and 4,5-diethylthiazol-2-yl.
  • R units include units wherein R 5 is hydrogen and R 4 is a substituted alkyl unit, said substitutions chosen from: i) halogen: -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I; ii) -N(R 1 ') 2 ; and iii) -OR 11 ; wherein each R 1 ' is independently hydrogen or Ci -C 4 linear or branched alkyl.
  • Non-limiting examples of units that can be a substitute for hydrogen on R units include — CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , -CF 3 , -CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 Cl, - ⁇ H 2 OH, -CH 2 OCH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 OH, - CH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , -CH 2 NH 2 , -CH 2 NHCH 3 , -CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , and -CH 2 NH(CH 2 CH 3 ).
  • units that comprise R units include 2,2- difluorocyclopropyl, 2-methoxycyclohexyl, and 4-chlorocyclohexyl.
  • R units include units wherein R 5 is hydrogen and R 4 is phenyl or substituted phenyl, wherein non-limiting examples of R 4 units include phenyl, 3,4-dimethylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-cyclopropylphenyl, 4- diethylaminophenyl, 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-(difiuoromethoxy)phenyl, 4-(trifluoro-methoxy)phenyl, 3-chloropheny, 4-chlorophenyl, and 3,4-dichlorophenyl, which when incorporated into the definition of R affords the following R units 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl, 3 ,4-dimethylphenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-f ⁇ rt-butylphenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-cyclopropylphenylthiazol-2-yl,
  • a still further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R 4 is chosen from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and /s ⁇ -propyl and R 5 is phenyl or substituted phenyl.
  • R unit according to the fifth aspect of the first category of R units includes 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl and 4-ethyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl.
  • compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted thiophene-2-yl, for example thiophene-2-yl, 5-chlorothiophene-2- yl, and 5-methylthiophene-2-yl.
  • a still further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted thiophene-3-yl, for example thiophene-3-yl, 5-chlorothiophene-3-yl, and 5-methylthiophene-3-yl.
  • R units wherein R 4 and R 5 are taken together to form a saturated or unsaturated ring having from 5 to 7 atoms.
  • Non-limiting examples of the sixth aspect of the first category of R units include 5,6-dihydro-4H- cyclopenta[c/]thiazol-2-yl and 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[c/]thiazol-2-yl.
  • R units that are thiazol-4-yl units having the formula: wherein R 6 is a unit chosen from: i) hydrogen; ii) substituted or unsubstituted Cj -C 6 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted phenyl rings having from 5 to 10 ring atoms; or iv) substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl having from 5 to 10 ring atoms.
  • An example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R 6 is hydrogen.
  • a further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R 6 is a unit chosen from methyl (Ci), ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), iso-propyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), ijo-butyl (C 4 ), and tert-butyl (C 4 ).
  • R 6 is a unit chosen from methyl (Ci), ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), iso-propyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), ijo-butyl (C 4 ), and tert-butyl (C 4 ).
  • Non-limiting examples of this aspect of R includes 2- methylthiazol-4-yl, 2-ethylthiazol-4-yl, 2-(n-propyl)thiazol-4-yl, and
  • a still further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R 6 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, non-limiting examples of which include phenyl, 2- fluorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 3- chlorophenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4- methylphenyl, and 4-methoxyphenyl.
  • R 6 is substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, non-limiting examples of which include thiophene-2-yl, thiophene-3-yl, thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl, 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl, 2,4- dimethylthiazol-5-yl, 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl, oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl, and 3-methyl- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl.
  • a further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R 6 is a unit having the formula:
  • R 7 is C 1 -C 4 substituted or unsubstituted alkyl and substituted or unsubstituted phenyl
  • R 6 include 4-chlorobenzenesulfonylmethyl and tert- butyl sul fonylm ethyl .
  • a further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R 6 is a unit chosen from substituted or unsubstituted pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, and pyrimidinyl, non-limiting examples of which include pyrazin-2-yl and (2-methyl)pyridin-5-yl.
  • R 1 units includes compounds wherein R 1 is hydrogen.
  • the compounds of the present disclosure wherein R 1 is equal to hydrogen have the formula:
  • R 1 units having a second chiral center and, for example, having the formulae:
  • the disclosed compounds can be single diastereomers or mixtures thereof and can be obtained by the forrm ⁇ lator in any of the following ways: i) as a mixture of the (S),(S) and (-S) 5 (Z?) diastereomers and used as a mixture for regulation of angiogenesis; ii) as a mixture of the (S),(S) and (S),(R) diastereomers that are then subsequently separated into the single diastereomers before being used for regulation of angiogenesis; or iii) directly prepared as the individual (S),(S) or (S), (R) diastereomer, the method further described herein below.
  • R 1 units that are benzyl, non-limiting examples of which include 4- ⁇ (S)-2-[(S)-2-(/ert-butoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl ⁇ phenylsulfamic acid, 4- ⁇ (S)-2-(S)-2-(tert- butoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropaneamido-2-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl) ⁇ phenylsulfamic acid, 4- ⁇ (S)- 2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]- ethyl ⁇ phenylsulfamic acid, and 4- ⁇ (S)-2-[(iS)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropan-amido
  • R 1 units that are substituted benzyl, non-limiting examples of which include 4- ⁇ (S)-2-[(S)-2-(tert- butoxycarbonyl)-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl ⁇ phenylsulfamic acid; 4- ⁇ (S)-2-(S)-2-(tert-butox.ycarbony ⁇ )-3-(4- chlorophenyl)propaneamido-2-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl) ⁇ phenylsulfamic acid, and 4- ⁇ (5)-2-(4- ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-(4-methylphenyl)propanamido]- ethyl ⁇ phenylsulfamic acid.
  • a further example of compounds according to Formula (I) includes R 1 units that are phenyl, non-limiting examples of which include 4- ⁇ (S)-2-[(S)-2-(t ⁇ r ⁇ -butoxycarbonyl)-2- phenylethanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl ⁇ phenylsulfamic acid, 4- ⁇ (S)-2-(S)-2-(tert- butoxycarbonyl)-2-phenylethaneamido-2-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl) ⁇ phenylsulfamic acid, and 4- ⁇ (-S)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)- 2-phenylethaneamido]- ethyl ⁇ phenylsulfamic acid.
  • R 1 units that are C1-C4 linear or branched alkyl non-limiting examples of which include 4- ⁇ (iS)-2-(4-ethylthiazol- 2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-methylbutanamido]-ethyl ⁇ phenylsulfamic acid, 4- ⁇ (5)-2- [(5)-2-(te/'t-butoxycarbonyl)-4-methylpentanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl ⁇ phenylsulfamic acid, and 4- ⁇ (5)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-4-methylpentan- amido]ethyl ⁇ phenylsulfamic acid, as well as othe compounds described herein below.
  • R 2 is a unit chosen from: i) Ci-C 6 linear or branched alkyl; or ii) Ci-C 6 linear or branched alkoxy.
  • R 2 includes Ci-C 6 linear or branched alkoxy units having the formula:
  • R 8 is a Ci-C 6 linear or branched alkyl unit chosen from methyl (Ci), ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), iso-propyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), .sec-butyl (C 4 ), wo-butyl (C 4 ), tert-butyl (C 4 ), n-pentyl (C 5 ), or n-hexyl (C 6 ).
  • Ci Ci-C 6 linear or branched alkyl unit chosen from methyl (Ci), ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), iso-propyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), .sec-butyl (C 4 ), wo-butyl (C 4 ), tert-butyl (C 4 ), n-pentyl (C 5 ), or n-hexyl (C 6 ).
  • R 2 units that are Ci-C 6 linear or branched alkyl chosen from methyl (Ci), ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), iso-propyl (C 3 ), n- butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), zso-butyl (C 4 ), tert-butyl (C 4 ), n-pentyl (C 5 ), or n-hexyl (C 6 ).
  • R 2 units that are Ci-C 6 linear or branched alkyl chosen from methyl (Ci), ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), iso-propyl (C 3 ), n- butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), zso-butyl (C 4 ), tert-butyl (C 4 ), n-pentyl (C 5 ), or n-hexyl (
  • R 3 is hydrogen or Ci -C 4 linear or branched alkyl.
  • R includes compounds wherein R 3 is hydrogen.
  • R 3 includes compounds wherein R 3 is methyl.
  • R 3 includes compounds wherein R 3 is chosen from ethyl (C2), n- propyl (C 3 ), iso-propyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), iso-butyl (C 4 ), and tert-butyl (C 4 ).
  • the compounds of Formula (I) can be organized into several categories for the strictly non-limiting purpose of describing alternatives for synthetic strategies for the preparation of subgenera of compounds within the scope of Formula (I) that are not expressly exemplified herein. This mental organization into categories does not imply anything with respect to increased or decreased biological efficacy with respect to any of the compounds or compositions of matter described herein.
  • the first aspect of Category I of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula: wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-2-yl unit and non-limiting examples of R and R 1 and the stereochemistry at R 1 are further described in Table I.
  • Reagents and conditions (a)(i) (/so-butyl)OCOCl, NMM, DMF; 0 0 C, 20 min.
  • Reagents and conditions (e) (i) H 2 :Pd/C, MeOH; (ii) SO 3 -pyridine, NH 4 OH; rt, 2 hr.
  • reaction mixture is concentrated and the residue dissolved in EtOAc, washed successively with 5% citric acid, water, 5% NaHCO 3 , water and brine, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to a residue that is triturated with a mixture of EtOAc/petroleum ether to provide 2.2 g (74%) of the desired product as a white solid.
  • the reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITETM and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with S ⁇ 3 -pyridine (0.314 g).
  • the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution OfNH 4 OH (50 mL) is added.
  • the mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.222 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • the final compounds of the present disclosure can also be isolated as the free acid.
  • a non-limiting example of this procedure is described herein below in Example 4.
  • the second aspect of Category I of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
  • R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-4-yl unit and non-limiting examples of R and R 1 and the stereochemistry at R 1 are further described in Table II.
  • Reagents and conditions (a)(i) ( ⁇ -butyl)OCOCl, Et 3 N, THF; 0 0 C, 20 min. (ii) CH 2 N 2 ; room temp for 3 hours.
  • Reagents and conditions (d) (i) H 2 :Pd/C, MeOH; (ii) SO 3 -pyridine, NH 4 OH; rt, 12hr.
  • the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether is added to precipitate the intermediate 2-(nitrophenyl)-(iS)-l-(4- phenylthiazol-2-yl)ethylamine which is isolated by filtration as the hydrobromide salt.
  • the hydrobromide salt is dissolved in DMF (3 mL) together with diisoproylethylamine (0.42 mL, 2.31 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (0.118 g, 0.79 mmol) and ⁇ S)-(2-tert- butoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropionic acid (0.212 g, 0.80 mmol).
  • the reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITETM and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with S ⁇ 3 -pyridine (0.296 g).
  • the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution OfNH 4 OH (10 mL) is added.
  • the mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.050 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • the first aspect of Category II of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
  • R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-2-yl unit and non-limiting examples of R and
  • R 1 and the stereochemistry at R 1 are further described in Table III.
  • the compounds encompassed within the first aspect of Category II of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme III and described in Example 3 herein below.
  • Reagents and conditions (a)(i) 4M HCl, dioxane; rt,l hr; (ii) methyl chloroformate, pyridine, CHCl 3 , 0 0 C to rt, 48 hr.
  • Reagents and conditions (b) (i) H 2 :Pd/C, MeOH; (ii) S ⁇ 3 -pyridine, NH 4 OH; rt, 4 hr.
  • the reaction mixture is stirred 1 hour, and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the resulting crude amine is dissolved in CHCI 3 (8 mL) and pyridine (1 mL) is added. The temperature is cooled to 0 0 C and methyl chloroformate (0.083 g, 0.881 mmol) is added dropwise.
  • the reaction mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 2 days. Water is added, the solution stirred for 15 minutes and then extracted several times with CHCI 3 .
  • the combined organic layers are washed with IN HCl, 5% NaHCO 3 , and brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and filtered. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.297 g of the desired product.
  • a catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 4 hours.
  • the reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITETM and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with S ⁇ 3 -pyridine (0.196 g).
  • the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution OfNH 4 OH (25 mL) is added.
  • the mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography silica to afford 0. 172 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • a further iteration of the first aspect of Category II relates to compounds wherein R 2 comprises -OCH 2 CH 3 (ethoxy); the following is a non-limiting example thereof.
  • the second aspect of Category II of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
  • R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-4yl unit and non-limiting examples of R and R 1 and the stereochemistry at R 1 are further described in Table IV.
  • Reagents and conditions (a)(i) propanethioamide, CH 3 CN; reflux, 2 hr. (ii) Boc-Phe, HOBt, DIPEA, DMF; rt, 18 hr.
  • Reagents and conditions (b) (i) H 2 :Pd/C, MeOH; (ii) SO 3 -pyridine, NH 4 OH; rt, 18 hr.
  • the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether is added to precipitate the intermediate 2-(nitrophenyl)-(5)-l-(4- ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethylamine which is isolated by filtration as the hydrobromide salt.
  • the hydrobromide salt is dissolved in DMF (8 mL) together with diisoproylethylamine (0.38 mL, 2.13 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (107 mg, 0.71 mmol) and (»S)-(2-methoxycarbonyl-amino)- 3-phenylpropionic acid (175 mg, 0.78 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0 0 C for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight.
  • a catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours.
  • the reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITETM and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SCVpyiidine (223 mg, 1.40 mmol).
  • the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH4OH (12 mL) is added.
  • the mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 25 mg of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • compound 13 in another iteration of the process of the present disclosure, can be isolated as the free acid by adapting the procedure described herein below.
  • Reagents and conditions (a) H 2 :Pd/C, MeOH; rt, 40 hr.
  • MeOH (270 mL, 15 mL/g) is added to provide a suspension.
  • the vessel is put on a Parr hydrogenation apparatus.
  • the vessel is submitted to a fill/vacuum evacuate process with N 2 (3 x 20 psi) to inert, followed by the same procedure with H 2 (3 x 40 psi).
  • the vessel is filled with H 2 and the vessel is shaken under 40 psi H 2 for ⁇ 40 hr.
  • the vessel is evacuated and the atmosphere is purged with N 2 (5 x 20 psi). An aliquot is filtered and analyzed by HPLC to insure complete conversion.
  • the suspension is filtered through a pad of celite to remove the catalyst, and the homogeneous yellow filtrate is concentrated by rotary evaporation to afford 16.06 g (95% yield) of the desired product as a tan solid, which is used without further purification.
  • Acetonitrile 50 mL, 5 mL/g is added and the yellow suspension is stirred at room temperature.
  • a second 3-necked 500 mL RBF is charged with SOy pyr (5.13 g, 32.2 mmol, 1.4 eq) and acetonitrile (50 mL 5 mL/g) and the white suspension is stirred at room temperature.
  • H 2 O 200 mL, 20 mL/g
  • Concentrated H3PO4 is added slowly over 12 minutes to lower the pH to approximately 1.4.
  • an off-white precipitate is formed and the solution is stirred at room temperature for 1 hr.
  • the suspension is filtered and the filter cake is washed with the filtrate.
  • the filter cake is air-dried on the filter overnight to afford 10.89 g (89 % yield) of the desired product as a tan solid.
  • Category IH of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
  • R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-2-yl unit and non-limiting examples of R and R 1 and the stereochemistry at R 1 are further described in Table V.
  • Reagents and conditions (a) Ac-Phe, EDCI, HOBt, DIPEA, DMF; rt, 18 hr.
  • Reagents and conditions (b) (i) H 2 :Pd/C, MeOH; (ii) SO 3 -pyridine, NH 4 OH.
  • the reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITETM and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with S ⁇ 3 -pyridine (0.320 g).
  • the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution OfNH 4 OH (30 mL) is added.
  • the mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.215 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • the first aspect of Category IV of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
  • R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiophene-2-yl unit and non-limiting examples of R and R 1 and the stereochemistry at R 1 are further described in Table VI.
  • Reagents and conditions (b) (i) H 2 :Pd/C, MeOH; (ii) SO 3 -pyridine, NH 4 OH, rt, 2 hr..
  • the reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITETM and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (5 mL) and treated with SO 3 -pyridine (0.146 g).
  • the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution OfNH 4 OH (30 mL) is added.
  • the mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.148 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • Category IV of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula: wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiophene-2-yl or thiophene-4-yl unit and non- limiting examples of R 2 are further described in Table VII.
  • Reagents and conditions (a)(i) CH 3 CN; reflux, 1.5 hr. (ii) Boc 2 O, pyridine, CH 2 Cl 2 ; rt, 2hr.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with S ⁇ 3 -pyridine (0.195 g, 1.23 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution OfNH 4 OH (10 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.080 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • HPTP- ⁇ provides a means for modulating the activity of angiopoietin receptor-type tyrosine kinase Tie-2, and thereby mediate disease states wherein angiogenesis is improperly regulated by the human body.
  • the compounds of the present disclosure serve as a means for providing regulation of angiogenesis. As such the present disclosure addresses several unmet medical needs, inter alia;
  • compositions effective as human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP- ⁇ ) inhibitors and thereby provide a means for regulating angiogenesis in a disorder wherein angiogenesis is elevated;
  • compositions effective as human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP- ⁇ ) inhibitors and thereby provide a means for regulating angiogenesis in a disorder
  • compositions effective human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP- ⁇ ) inhibitors and thereby provide a means for regulating angiogenesis in a disorder wherein angiogenesis is decreased.
  • an antibody may be used in a method for the treatment of an "angiogenesis elevated disorder” or "angiogenesis reduced disorder".
  • an "angiogenesis elevated disorder” is one that involves unwanted or elevated angiogenesis in the biological manifestation of the disease, disorder, and/or condition; in the biological cascade leading to the disorder; or as a symptom of the disorder.
  • the "angiogenesis reduced disorder” is one that involves wanted or reduced angiogenesis in the biological manifestations. This "involvement" of angiogenesis in an angiogenesis elevated/reduced disorder includes, but is not limited to, the following:
  • angiogenesis as a "cause" of the disorder or biological manifestation, whether the level of angiogenesis is elevated or reduced genetically, by infection, by autoimmunity, trauma, biomechanical causes, lifestyle, or by some other causes.
  • angiogenesis as part of the observable manifestation of the disease or disorder. That is, the disease or disorder is measurable in terms of the increased or reduced angiogenesis. From a clinical standpoint, angiogenesis indicates the disease; however, angiogenesis need not be the "hallmark" of the disease or disorder.
  • the angiogenesis is part of the biochemical or cellular cascade that results in the disease or disorder.
  • regulation of angiogenesis may interrupt the cascade, and may control the disease.
  • Non-limiting examples of angiogenesis regulated disorders that may be treated by the present disclosure are herein described below.
  • compositions or formulations which comprise the KvI.5 potassium channel inhibitors according to the present disclosure.
  • the compositions of the present disclosure comprise: a) an effective amount of one or more phenylsufamic acids and salts thereof according to the present disclosure which are effective as human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP- ⁇ ) inhibitors; and b) one or more excipients.
  • excipient and “carrier” are used interchangeably throughout the description of the present disclosure and said terms are defined herein as, “ingredients which are used in the practice of formulating a safe and effective pharmaceutical composition.”
  • excipients are used primarily to serve in delivering a safe, stable, and functional pharmaceutical, serving not only as part of the overall vehicle for delivery but also as a means for achieving effective absorption by the recipient of the active ingredient.
  • An excipient may fill a role as simple and direct as being an inert filler, or an excipient as used herein may be part of a pH stabilizing system or coating to insure delivery of the ingredients safely to the stomach.
  • the formulator can also take advantage of the fact the compounds of the present disclosure have improved cellular potency, pharmacokinetic properties, as well as improved oral bioavailability.
  • compositions according to the present disclosure include: a) from about 0.001 mg to about 1000 mg of one or more phenylsulfamic acids according to the present disclosure; and b) one or more excipients.
  • compositions a) from about 0.01 mg to about 100 mg of one or more phenylsulfamic acids according to the present disclosure; and b) one or more excipients.
  • a further embodiment according to the present disclosure relates to the following compositions: a) from about 0.1 mg to about 10 mg of one or more phenylsulfamic acids according to the present disclosure; and b) one or more excipients.
  • an effective amount means "an amount of one or more phenylsulfamic acids, effective at dosages and for periods of time necessary to achieve the desired or therapeutic result.”
  • An effective amount may vary according to factors known in the art, such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the human or animal being treated.
  • dosage regimes may be described in examples herein, a person skilled in the art would appreciated that the dosage regime may be altered to provide optimum therapeutic response. Thus, it is not possible to specify an exact “effective amount.” For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation.
  • the compositions of the present disclosure can be administered as frequently as necessary to achieve a therapeutic amount.
  • the present disclosure relates to methods for regulating angiogenesis in a human comprising administering to a human one or more of the disclosed compounds.
  • One example of the disclosed methods includes a method for treating an angiogenesis regulated disorder in a subject, wherein the angiogenesis regulated disorder is an angiogenesis elevated disorder, and said disorder is chosen from diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, cancer, sickle cell anemia, sarcoid, syphilis, pseudoxanthoma elasticum, Paget's disease, vein occlusion, artery occlusion, carotid obstructive disease, chronic uveitis/vitritis, mycobacterial infections, Lyme's disease, systemic lupus erythematosis, retinopathy of prematurity, Eales' disease, Behcet's disease, infections causing a retinitis or choroiditis, presumed ocular histoplasmosis, Best's disease, myopia, optic pits, Stargardt's disease, pars planitis, chronic retinal detachment, hyperviscosity syndrome, toxoplasmosis, trauma
  • angiogenesis regulated disorder in a subject, wherein the angiogenesis regulated disorder is an angiogenesis elevated disorder, and said disorder is chosen from inflammatory bowel diseases such as Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis, psoriasis, sarcoidosis, rheumatoid arthritis, hemangiomas, Osler-Weber-Rendu disease, or hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia, solid or blood borne tumors and acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
  • inflammatory bowel diseases such as Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis, psoriasis, sarcoidosis, rheumatoid arthritis, hemangiomas, Osler-Weber-Rendu disease, or hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia, solid or blood borne tumors and acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
  • a further example of the disclosed methods includes a method for treating an angiogenesis regulated disorder in a subject wherein the angiogenesis regulated disorder is an angiogenesis reduced disorder and chosen from skeletal muscle and myocardial ischemia, stroke, coronary artery disease, peripheral vascular disease, coronary artery disease.
  • a yet further example of the disclosed methods includes a method of vascularizing ischemic tissue.
  • ischemic tissue means tissue that is deprived of adequate blood flow.
  • ischemic tissue include, but are not limited to, tissue that lack adequate blood supply resulting from myocardial and cerebral infarctions, mesenteric or limb ischemia, or the result of a vascular occlusion or stenosis.
  • the interruption of the supply of oxygenated blood may be caused by a vascular occlusion.
  • Such vascular occlusion may be caused by arteriosclerosis, trauma, surgical procedures, disease, and/or other etiologies.
  • the treatment of skeletal muscle and myocardial ischemia stroke, coronary artery disease, peripheral vascular disease, coronary artery disease.
  • a still further example of the disclosed methods includes a method of repairing tissue.
  • repairing tissue means promoting tissue repair, regeneration, growth, and/or maintenance including, but not limited to, wound repair or tissue engineering.
  • tissue may be damaged by, including, but not limited to, traumatic injuries or conditions including arthritis, osteoporosis and other skeletal disorders, and burns.
  • Tissue may also be damaged by injuries due to surgical procedures, irradiation, laceration, toxic chemicals, viral infection or bacterial infections, or burns.
  • Tissue in need of repair also includes non-healing wounds. Examples of non-healing wounds include non-healing skin ulcers resulting from diabetic pathology; or fractures that do not heal readily.
  • the disclosed compounds are also suitable for use in effecting tissue repair in the context of guided tissue regeneration (GTR) procedures.
  • GTR guided tissue regeneration
  • tissue engineering is defined as the creation, design, and fabrication of biological prosthetic devices, in combination with synthetic or natural materials, for the augmentation or replacement of body tissues and organs.
  • tissue engineering is defined as the creation, design, and fabrication of biological prosthetic devices, in combination with synthetic or natural materials, for the augmentation or replacement of body tissues and organs.
  • the present methods may be used to augment the design and growth of human tissues outside the body for later implantation in the repair or replacement of diseased tissues.
  • antibodies may be useful in promoting the growth of skin graft replacements that are used as a therapy in the treatment of burns.
  • tissue engineering example of the disclosed methods includes in cell-containing or cell-free devices that induce the regeneration of functional human tissues when implanted at a site that requires regeneration.
  • biomaterial-guided tissue regeneration may be used to promote bone re-growth in, for example, periodontal disease.
  • antibodies may be used to promote the growth of reconstituted tissues assembled into three-dimensional configurations at the site of a wound or other tissue in need of such repair.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can be included in external or internal devices containing human tissues designed to replace the function of diseased internal tissues. This approach involves isolating cells from the body, placing them with structural matrices, and implanting the new system inside the body or using the system outside the body.
  • antibodies may be included in a cell-lined vascular graft to promote the growth of the cells contained in the graft. It is envisioned that the methods of the disclosure may be used to augment tissue repair, regeneration and engineering in products such as cartilage and bone, central nervous system tissues, muscle, liver, and pancreatic islet (insulin-producing) cells.
  • the present disclosure also relates to the use of the disclosed phenylsulfamic acids in the manufacture of a medicament for promoting the growth of skin graft replacements.
  • the present disclosure also relates to the use of the disclosed phenylsulfamic acids according to the present disclosure in the manufacture of a medicament for use in effecting tissue repair in the context of guided tissue regeneration (GTR) procedures.
  • GTR guided tissue regeneration
  • the disclosed compounds can be used in the manufacture of one or more medicaments, non-limiting examples of these medicaments are:
  • Medicaments for the treatment an angiogenesis regulated disorder in a subject, wherein the angiogenesis regulated disorder is an angiogenesis elevated disorder.
  • angiogenesis regulated disorder in a subject, wherein the angiogenesis regulated disorder is an angiogenesis elevated disorder chosen from Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis, psoriasis, sarcoidosis, rheumatoid arthritis, hemangiomas, Osler- Weber-Rendu disease, or hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia, solid or blood borne tumors and acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
  • angiogenesis elevated disorder chosen from Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis, psoriasis, sarcoidosis, rheumatoid arthritis, hemangiomas, Osler- Weber-Rendu disease, or hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia, solid or blood borne tumors and acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
  • Medicaments useful for the purposes of tissue engineering thereby inducing enhanced tissue growth.
  • Medicaments for the treatment an angiogenesis regulated disorder in a subject, wherein the angiogenesis regulated disorder is an angiogenesis reduced disorder.
  • Antibodies of the disclosure may be screened in angiogenesis assays that are known in the art.
  • Such assays include in vitro assays that measure surrogates of blood vessel growth in cultured cells or formation of vascular structures from tissue explants and in vivo assays that measure blood vessel growth directly or indirectly (Auerbach,R., et al. (2003). Clin Chem 49, 32-40, Vailhe,B., et al. (2001). Lab Invest 81, 439-452).
  • in vitro models which are suitable for use in the present disclosure employ cultured endothelial cells or tissue explants and measure the effect of agents on "angiogenic" cell responses or on the formation of blood capillary-like structures.
  • in vitro angiogenesis assays include but are not limited to endothelial cell migration and proliferation, capillary tube formation, endothelial sprouting, the aortic ring explant assay and the chick aortic arch assay.
  • the in vivo agents or antibodies which are suitable for use in the present disclosure are administered locally or systemically in the presence or absence of growth factors (i.e. VEGF or angiopoietin 1) and new blood vessel growth is measured by direct observation or by measuring a surrogate marker such as hemoglobin content or a fluorescent indicator.
  • growth factors i.e. VEGF or angiopoietin 1
  • new blood vessel growth is measured by direct observation or by measuring a surrogate marker such as hemoglobin content or a fluorescent indicator.
  • growth factors i.e. VEGF or angiopoietin 1
  • a surrogate marker such as hemoglobin content or a fluorescent indicator.
  • in vitro angiogenesis assays include but are not limited to chick chorioallantoic membrane assay, the corneal angiogenesis assay, and the Matrigel ® plug assay.
  • Standard routine techniques are available to determine if a tissue is at risk of suffering ischemic damage from undesirable vascular occlusion.
  • these methods include a variety of imaging techniques (e.g., radiotracer methodologies, x-ray, and MRI) and physiological tests. Therefore, induction of angiogenesis as an effective means of preventing or attenuating ischemia in tissues affected by or at risk of being affected by a vascular occlusion can be readily determined.
  • a person skilled in the art of using standard techniques may measure the vascularization of tissue.
  • Non-limiting examples of measuring vascularization in a subject include SPECT (single photon emission computed tomography); PET (positron emission tomography); MRI (magnetic resonance imaging); and combination thereof, by measuring blood flow to tissue before and after treatment.
  • Angiography may be used as an assessment of macroscopic vascularity. Histologic evaluation may be used to quantify vascularity at the small vessel level.
  • HPTP ⁇ IC 50 ⁇ M
  • PTPlB IC 50 ⁇ M
  • Rat hindlimb model is used to evaluate angiogenic properties of novel HPTPb inhibitors. Specifically to determine if there is enhanced blood flow to the collateral dependent region of the leg post ischemia when the animal is in an exercise challenged state.
  • the specific compound accessed in this example is (4- ⁇ (S)-2-[(S)-2-(te ⁇ l-Butoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl ⁇ phenylsulfamic acid.
  • rats are familiarized with exercising on the treadmill (tmill) a week prior to surgery. This consisted of the rat running on the tmill for intermittent bouts totaling five minutes daily at speeds between 20-25 m/sec and an elevation of 7°. Previous experience demonstrated that animals that did not run well during the familiarization period performed just as poorly during subsequent blood flow determinations, possibly altering collateral blood flow measurements. Based on this experience, rats that did not perform well during the familiarization period are not included in this study.
  • the groin areas bilaterally are clipped and prepared with alternating Betadine and alcohol scrubs (3x) and a sterile drape is placed over the rat.
  • the left femoral artery is exposed through a skin incision and subsequently ligated in two positions 1 cm apart; distal to the inguinal ligament and proximal to the femoral circumflex artery.
  • the skin is closed using either skin staples or Vetbond. The same procedure is repeated on the right side.
  • an osmotic pump (AlertTM model # 2004)
  • osmotic pumps Prior to implantation, osmotic pumps are filled with VEGFl 65 solution at a dose of 15 ⁇ g/kg/day, and primed overnight inside sterile saline beakers in a water bath (37 0 C).
  • Stretched PE50 catheters coated with PPG Poly propylene glycol Aldrich # 20-235-5) are attached using sterile technique and in accordance with manufacture's instructions the afternoon prior to surgery.
  • PPG Poly propylene glycol Aldrich # 20-235-5
  • the vessel is ligated with 4-0 silk, a cut is made in the vessel just distal to the tie and the catheter from the osmotic pump is threaded down stream (approx 2cm) and secured with a second tie.
  • the skin is closed in the same manner as above.
  • Rats Two weeks after the ligation surgery the rat underwent a second acute surgery to place indwelling catheters for microsphere measurements. Rats are anesthetized as described above. The animal is clipped, prepped, and EMLA cream is applied to each entry site. First an incision is made longitudinally at the ventral base of the tail using a 10 blade. A tapered PE 50 catheter is inserted approximately 3cm into the ventral tail artery and anchored into place. The end of the catheter is then wrapped around the tail and tunneled SubQ over the back, exiting between the shoulder blades. Following tail artery cannulation, a midline neck incision is made to expose the left carotid artery for occlusive cannulation.
  • a tapered PE 50 catheter is placed 3 cm into the carotid and the distal end is tunneled SubQ, exiting between the shoulder blades.
  • the neck is closed with either skin stables or Vetbond and EMLA cream is applied.
  • the exit site is closed around the catheters with a purse string suture stitch.
  • the ends of the catheters are cauterized shut and the rat is allowed to recover from anesthesia for at least 4 hours.
  • rat are placed onto the treadmill and the catheters are connected to extension tubing via 22 gage male-male connectors.
  • the tail artery catheter is connected to a syringe (coated with tween and heparin-), which is " T" Ed to a withdrawal pump and a pressure transducer.
  • the carotid catheter is used for injecting the microspheres.
  • the rat began running at speed 20 m/min and an elevation of 7°.
  • the pump is turned on at a rate of 0.5 ml/min, ten seconds later 0.5 ml (1x10 6 spheres/mL) of florescent microspheres are infused into the carotid line followed by a 0.5 ml flush over 30 seconds.
  • the pump is set to stop at 90 seconds.
  • the tmill is stopped, the extension lines are replaced and the animal's lines are flushed, and the animal allowed to rest.
  • the syringe and lines are removed from the pump and the reference blood sample is place in a labeled tube for processing.
  • tissues are removed, trimmed, weighed, recorded, and placed in marked tubes for processing.
  • the samples are as follows for both left and right side; Soleus, Plantaris, Gastroc, Red Quads, and Kidneys.
  • Blood samples are digested with 0.75ml of 16 N KOH overnight.
  • Tissue is digested with 5 ml of 4 N KOH overnight.
  • Samples then vacuum filtered using 8-micron polycarbonate filters, and the filter paper is placed in a labeled vial with ImI of 2-ethoxyethyl acetate (2EEA).
  • samples are read using a black popypropolene plate on a fluorometer set on wavelengths 495-506 and 534-552.
  • VEGF treatment groups had the expected significant improvement in GPS blood flow over the Vehicle control groups.
  • the only significant difference between any of the groups is observed in the blood pressures of the treatment groups. These pressures are actually lower than the VEGF and/or Vehicle groups, suggesting that perfusion pressures to the GPS would also be slightly low. This means that any changes measured in blood flow are real not just a calculation artifact.
  • Blood flows from the SubQ Continuous Infusion showed a significant improvement in Calf blood flow as compared to vehicle for both doses (5 mg/kg/d and 15 mg/kg/d) of the compound. The data also revealed that the lower dose (5mg/kg/d) did not elicit a maximal VEGF response, suggesting a possible dose dependency with this compound.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • AIDS & HIV (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Thiazole And Isothizaole Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure relates to compounds effective as human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP-β) inhibitors thereby regulating angiogenesis. The present disclosure further relates to compositions comprising said human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP-β) inhibitors, and to methods for regulating angiogenesis.

Description

HUMAN PROTEIN TYROSINE PHOSPHATASE INHIBITORS AND METHODS OF USE
FIELD OF THE DISCLOSURE
The present disclosure relates to compounds effective as human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP-β) inhibitors thereby regulating angiogenesis. The present disclosure further relates to compositions comprising said human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP- β) inhibitors, and to methods for regulating angiogenesis.
BACKGROUND OF THE DISCLOSURE
Angiogenesis, the sprouting of new blood vessels from the pre-existing vasculature, plays a crucial role in a wide range of physiological and pathological processes (Nguyen, L.L. et at, Int. Rev. Cytol., 204, 1-48, (2001)). Angiogenesis is a complex process, mediated by communication between the endothelial cells that line blood vessels and their surrounding environment. In the early stages of angiogenesis, tissue or tumor cells produce and secrete pro- angiogenic growth factors in response to environmental stimuli such as hypoxia. These factors diffuse to nearby endothelial cells and stimulate receptors that lead to the production and secretion of proteases that degrade the surrounding extracellular matrix. The activated endothelial cells begin to migrate and proliferate into the surrounding tissue toward the source of these growth factors (Bussolino, F., Trends Biochem. Sd., 22, 251-256, (1997)). Endothelial cells then stop proliferating and differentiate into tubular structures, which is the first step in the formation of stable, mature blood vessels. Subsequently, periendothelial cells, such as pericytes and smooth muscle cells, are recruited to the newly formed vessel in a further step toward vessel maturation.
Angiogenesis is regulated by a balance of naturally occurring pro- and anti-angiogenic factors. Vascular endothelial growth factor, fibroblast growth factor, and angiopoeitin represent a few of the many potential pro-angiogenic growth factors. These ligands bind to their respective receptor tyrosine kinases on the endothelial cell surface and transduce signals that promote cell migration and proliferation. Whereas many regulatory factors have been identified, the molecular mechanisms of this process are still not fully understood.
There are many disease states driven by persistent unregulated or improperly regulated angiogenesis. In such disease states, unregulated or improperly regulated angiogenesis may either cause a particular disease or exacerbate an existing pathological condition. For example, ocular neovascularization has been implicated as the most common cause of blindness and underlies the pathology of approximately 20 eye diseases. In certain previously existing conditions such as arthritis, newly formed capillary blood vessels invade the joints and destroy cartilage. In diabetes, new capillaries formed in the retina invade the vitreous humor, causing bleeding and blindness. Both the growth and metastasis of solid tumors are also angiogenesis- dependent (Folkman et al., "Tumor Angiogenesis," Chapter 10, 206-32, in The Molecular Basis ofCancer, Mendelsohn et al., eds., W. B. Saunders, (1995)). It has been shown that tumors which enlarge to greater than 2 mm in diameter must obtain their own blood supply and do so by inducing the growth of new capillary blood vessels. After these new blood vessels become embedded in the tumor, they provide nutrients and growth factors essential for tumor growth as well as a means for tumor cells to enter the circulation and metastasize to distant sites, such as liver, lung or bone (Weidner, New Eng. J. Med., 324, 1 , 1 -8 (1991)). When used as drugs in tumor-bearing animals, natural inhibitors of angiogenesis may prevent the growth of small tumors (O'Reilly et al., Cell, 19, 315-28 (1994)). In some protocols, the application of such inhibitors leads to tumor regression and dormancy even after cessation of treatment (O'Reilly et al., Cell, 88, 277-85 (1997)). Moreover, supplying inhibitors of angiogenesis to certain tumors may potentiate their response to other therapeutic regimens (Teischer et al., Int. J. Cancer, 51, 920-25 (1994)).
Although many disease states are driven by persistent unregulated or improperly regulated angiogenesis, some disease states could be treated by increased angiogenesis. Tissue growth and repair are biologic events wherein cellular proliferation and angiogenesis occur. Thus an important aspect of wound repair is the revascularization of damaged tissue by angiogenesis.
Chronic, non-healing wounds are a major cause of prolonged morbidity in the aged human population. This is especially the case in bedridden or diabetic patients who develop severe, non-healing skin ulcers. In many of these cases, the delay in healing is a result of inadequate blood supply either as a result of continuous pressure or of vascular blockage. Poor capillary circulation due to small artery atherosclerosis or venous stasis contributes to the failure to repair damaged tissue. Such tissues are often infected with microorganisms that proliferate unchallenged by the innate defense systems of the body which require well vascularized tissue to effectively eliminate pathogenic organisms. As a result, most therapeutic intervention centers on restoring blood flow to ischemic tissues thereby allowing nutrients and immunological factors access to the site of the wound.
Atherosclerotic lesions in large vessels may cause tissue ischemia that could be ameliorated by modulating blood vessel growth to the affected tissue. For example, atherosclerotic lesions in the coronary arteries may cause angina and myocardial infarction that could be prevented if one could restore blood flow by stimulating the growth of collateral arteries. Similarly, atherosclerotic lesions in the large arteries that supply the legs may cause ischemia in the skeletal muscle that limits mobility and in some cases necessitates amputation, which may also be prevented by improving blood flow with angiogenic therapy.
Other diseases such as diabetes and hypertension are characterized by a decrease in the number and density of small blood vessels such as arterioles and capillaries. These small blood vessels are important for the delivery of oxygen and nutrients. A decrease in the number and density of these vessels contributes to the adverse consequences of hypertension and diabetes including claudication, ischemic ulcers, accelerated hypertension, and renal failure. These common disorders and many other less common ailments, such as Burgers disease, could be ameliorated by increasing the number and density of small blood vessels using angiogenic therapy.
It has been suggested that one means for regulating angiogenesis is to treat patients with a human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP-β) inhibitor (Kruegar et al., EMBO J., 9, (1990)) and, therefore, to satisfy this need the compounds of the present disclosure have been prepared.
SUMMARY OF THE DISCLOSURE
The compounds of the present disclosure are a new class of compounds that can regulate angiogenesis in humans.
The present disclosure further relates to pharmaceutical compositions and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and/or pharmaceutical compositions thereof comprising a) an effective amount of one or more compounds according to the present disclosure; and b) an excipient... The present disclosures also relate to methods for controlling angiogenesis, and thereby providing a treatment for diseases affected by angiogenesis, said methods comprising administering to a human an effective amount of a compound according to the present disclosure.
These and other objects, features, and advantages will become apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art from a reading of the following detailed description and the appended claims. All percentages, ratios and proportions herein are by weight, unless otherwise specified.
All temperatures are in degrees Celsius (° C) unless otherwise specified. All documents cited are in relevant part, incorporated herein by reference; the citation of any document is not to be construed as an admission that it is prior art with respect to the present disclosure.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE DISCLOSURE
In this specification and in the claims that follow, reference will be made to a number of terms, which shall be defined to have the following meanings:
By "pharmaceutically acceptable" is meant a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., the material can be administered to an individual along with the relevant active compound without causing clinically unacceptable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the other components of the pharmaceutical composition in which it is contained.
Throughout the description and claims of this specification the word "comprise" and other forms of the word, such as "comprising" and "comprises," means including but not limited to, and is not intended to exclude, for example, other additives, components, integers, or steps.
As used in the description and the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to "a composition" includes mixtures of two or more such compositions.
"Optional" or "optionally" means that the subsequently described event or circumstance can or cannot occur, and that the description includes instances where the event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not.
Ranges can be expressed herein as from "about" one particular value, and/or to "about" another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent "about," it will be understood that the particular value forms another aspect. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint. It is also understood that there are a number of values disclosed herein, and that each value is also herein disclosed as "about" that particular value in addition to the value itself. For example, if the value "10" is disclosed, then "about 10" is also disclosed. It is also understood that when a value is disclosed, then "less than or equal to" the value, "greater than or equal to the value," and possible ranges between values are also disclosed, as appropriately understood by the skilled artisan. For example, if the value "10" is disclosed, then "less than or equal to 10" as well as "greater than or equal to 10" is also disclosed. It is also understood that throughout the application data are provided in a number of different formats and that this data represent endpoints and starting points and ranges for any combination of the data points. For example, if a particular data point "10" and a particular data point "15" are disclosed, it is understood that greater than, greater than or equal to, less than, less than or equal to, and equal to 10 and 15 are considered disclosed as well as between 10 and 15. It is also understood that each unit between two particular units are also disclosed. For example, if 10 and 15 are disclosed, then 11, 12, 13, and 14 are also disclosed.
The term "organic unit" as described herein refers to groups or moieties that comprise one or more carbon atoms and which form a portion of one of the compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. For example, many of the substituent units referred to elsewhere herein are organic units. In order to effectively function in the context of their presence in the compounds and/or salts disclosed herein, the organic units should often have variable ranges of restricted size and/or molecular weight, so as to provide desired binding to the target enzymes, solubility, bioabsorption characteristics. For example, organic unit can have, for example, 1-26 carbon atoms, 1-18 carbon atoms, 1-12 carbon atoms, 1-8 carbon atoms, or 1-4 carbon atoms. Organic units often have hydrogen bound to at least some of the carbon atoms of the organic units, and can optionally contain the common heteroatoms found in substituted organic compounds, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, and the like, or inorganic atoms such as halogens, phosphorus, and the like.. One example, of an organic radical that comprises no inorganic atoms is a 5, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-2-naphthyl radical. In some embodiments, an organic radical can contain 1-10 inorganic heteroatoms bound thereto or therein, including halogens, oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, and the like. Examples of organic radicals include but are not limited to an alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, mono-substituted amino, di-substituted amino, acyloxy, cyano, carboxy, carboalkoxy, alkylcarboxamido, substituted alkylcarboxamido, dialkylcarboxamido, substituted dialkylcarboxamido, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, thioalkyl, thiohaloalkyl, alkoxy,, substituted alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic, or substituted heterocyclic radicals, wherein the terms are defined elsewhere herein. A few non-limiting examples of organic radicals that include heteroatoms include alkoxy radicals, trifiuoromethoxy radicals, acetoxy radicals, dimethylamino radicals and the like.
Substituted and unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl units include the following non-limiting examples: methyl (Ci)3 ethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), wo-propyl (C3), cyclopropyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), .sec-butyl (C4), iso-butyl (C4), tert-bntyl (C4), cyclobutyl (C4), cyclopentyl (C5), cyclohexyl (C(O, and the like; whereas substituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, non-limiting examples of which includes, hydroxymethyl (Ci), chloromethyl (Cj), trifluoromethyl (Ci), aminomethyl (Ci), 1-chloroethyl (C2), 2-hydroxyethyl (C2), 1 ,2-difluoroethyl (C2), 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl (C3), 3-carboxypropyl (C3), 2,3-dihydroxycyclobutyl (C4), and the like.
Substituted and unsubstituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkenyl include, ethenyl (C2), 3- propenyl (C3), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (Cs)5 isopropenyl (also 2-methylethen-2-yl) (C3), buten-4-yl (C4), and the like; substituted linear or branched alkenyl, non-limiting examples of which include, 2-chloroethenyl (also 2-chloro vinyl) (C2), 4-hydroxybuten-l-yl (C4), 7- hydroxy-7-methyloct-4-en~2-yl (C9), 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-3,5-dien-2-yl (C9), and the like.
Substituted and unsubstituted linear or branched alkynyl include, ethynyl (C2), prop-2- ynyl (also propargyl) (C3), propyn-1-yl (C3), and 2-methyl-hex-4-yn-l-yl (C7); substituted linear or branched alkynyl, non-limiting examples of which include, 5-hydroxy-5-methylhex-3-ynyl (C7), 6-hydroxy-6-methylhept-3-yn-2-yl (C8), 5-hydroxy-5-ethylhept-3-ynyl (C9), and the like.
Substituted and unsubstituted "alkoxy" are used herein denotes a unit having the general formula -OR100 wherein R100 is an alkyl, alkylenyl, or alkynyl unit as defined herein above, for example, methoxy, methoxymethyl, methoxymethyl.
Substituted and unsubstituted "haloalkyl" are used herein denotes an alkyl unit having a hydrogen atom substituted by one or more halogen atoms, for example, trifluoromethyl, 1,2- dicloroethyl, and 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl.
The term "aryl" as used herein denotes cyclic organic units that comprise at least one benzene ring having a conjugated and aromatic six-membered ring, non-limiting examples of which include phenyl (Ce), naphthylen-1-yl (Ci0), naphthylen-2-yl (Cio). Aryl rings can have one or more hydrogen atoms substituted by another organic or inorganic radical. Non-limiting examples of substituted aryl rings include: 4- fluorophenyl (Ce), 2-hydroxyphenyl (Ce), 3- methylphenyl (C6), 2-amino-4-fluorophenyl (C6), 2-(N,iV"-diethylamino)phenyl (Ce), 2- cyanophenyl (C6), 2,6-di-terΛ-butylphenyl (Ce), 3-methoxyphenyl (Ce), 8-hydroxynaphthylen-2- yl (Cio), 4,5-dimethoxynaphthylen-l-yl (Cio), and 6-cyanonaphthylen-l-yl (Cio).
The term "heteroaryl" denotes an organic unit comprising a five or six member conjugated and aromatic ring wherein at least one of the ring atoms is a heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.. The heteroaryl rings can comprise a single ring, for example, a ring having 5 or 6 atoms wherein at least one ring atom is a heteroatom not limited to nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, such as a pyridine ring, a furan ring, or thiofuran ring.. A "heteroaryl" can also be a fused multi cyclic and heteroaromatic ring system having wherein at least one of the rings is an aromatic ring and at least one atom of the aromatic ring is a heteroatom including nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur
The following are non-limiting examples of heteroaryl rings according to the present disclosure:
Figure imgf000008_0001
The term "heterocycxlic" d-enotes ai ring system from 3 to 10 atoms wherein at least one of the ring atoms is a heteroatom not limited to nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. The rings can be single rings, fused rings, or bicyclic rings. Non-limiting examples of heterocyclic rings include:
Figure imgf000008_0002
All of the aforementioned heteroaryl or heterocyclic rings can be optionally substituted with one or more substitutes for hydrogen as described herein further.
Throughout the description of the present disclosure the terms having the spelling "thiophene-2-yl and thiophene-3-yl" are used to describe the heteroaryl units having the respective formulae:
Figure imgf000009_0001
whereas in naming the compounds the - disclosuJre,; the chemical nomenclature for these moieties are typically spelled "thiophen-2-yl and thiophen-3-yl" respectively. Herein the terms "thiophene-2-yl and thiophene-3-yl" are used when describing these rings as units or moieties which make up the compounds of the present disclosure solely to make it unambiguous to the artisan of ordinary skill which rings are referred to herein.
The term "substituted" is used throughout the specification. The term "substituted" is defined herein as "a hydrocarbyl moiety, whether acyclic or cyclic, which has one or more hydrogen atoms replaced by a substituent or several substituents as defined herein below." The units, when substituting for hydrogen atoms are capable of replacing one hydrogen atom, two hydrogen atoms, or three hydrogen atoms of a hydrocarbyl moiety at a time. In addition, these substituents can replace two hydrogen atoms on two adjacent carbons to form said substituent, new moiety, or unit. For example, a substituted unit that requires a single hydrogen atom replacement includes halogen, hydroxyl, and the like. A two hydrogen atom replacement includes carbonyl, oximino, and the like. A two hydrogen atom replacement from adjacent carbon atoms includes epoxy, and the like. A three hydrogen replacement includes cyano, and the like. The term substituted is used throughout the present specification to indicate that a hydrocarbyl moiety, inter alia, aromatic ring, alkyl chain; can have one or more of the hydrogen atoms replaced by a substituent. When a moiety is described as "substituted" any number of the hydrogen atoms may be replaced. For example, 4-hydroxyphenyl is a "substituted aromatic carbocyclic ring", (N,N-dimethyl-5-amino)octanyl is a " substituted C8 alkyl unit, 3- guanidinopropyl is a "substituted C3 alkyl unit," and 2-carboxypyridinyl is a "substituted heteroaryl unit."
The following are non-limiting examples of units which can substitute for hydrogen atoms on a hydrocarbyl or other unit: i) C1-C12 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl; for example, methyl (Cj), ethyl (C2), ethenyl (C2), ethynyl (C2), n-ρropyl (C3), /so-propyl (C3), cyclopropyl (C3), 3-propenyl (C3), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C3), isopropenyl {also 2-methylethen-2-yl) (C3), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C3), propyn-1-yl (C3), n-butyl (C4), .sec-butyl (C4), wσ-butyl (C4), tert-hutyl (C4), cyclobutyl (C4), buten-4-yl (C4), cyclopentyl (C5), cyclohexyl (C6); ii) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or Cio aryl; for example, phenyl, naphthyl (also referred to herein as naphthylen-1 -yl (Ci0) or naphthylen-2-yl (Ci0)); iii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic rings; as described herein; iv) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl rings; as described herein below; v) -(CR13aR13b)zOR12; for example, -OH, -CH2OH3 -OCH3, -CH2OCH3, -
OCH2CH3, -CH2OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2CH3, and -CH2OCH2CH2CH3; vi) -(CRI3aR13b)zC(O)R12; for example, -COCH3, -CH2COCH3, -OCH2CH3, -
CH2COCH2CH3, -COCH2CH2CH3, and -CH2COCH2CH2CH3; vii) -(CR13aR13b)zC(O)OR12; for example, -CO2CH3, -CH2CO2CH3,
CO2CH2CH3, -CH2CO2CH2CH3, -CO2CH2CH2CH3, and
CH2CO2CH2CH2CH3; viii) -(CR13aR13b)zC(O)N(R12)2; for example, -CONH2, -CH2CONH2,
CONHCH3, -CH2CONHCH3, -CON(CH3)2, and -CH2CON(CH3)2; ix) -(CR13aR13b)zN(Rl2)2; ; for example, -NH2, -CH2NH2, -NHCH3, -N(CH3)2, -
NH(CH2CH3), -CH2NHCH3, -CH2N(CH3)2, and -CH2NH(CH2CH3); x) halogen; -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I; xi) -(CRI3aR13b)zCN; xii) -(CR13aR13b)zNO2; xiii) —CHjXk; wherein X is halogen, j is from O to 2, j + k = 3; for example, —
CH2F, -CHF2, -CF3, -CCl3, or -CBr3; xiv) -(CR13aRl3b)zSR12; -SH, -CH2SH, -SCH3, -CH2SCH3, -SC6H5, and
CH2SC6H5; xv) -(CR13aR13b)zSO2R12; -SO2H, -CH2SO2H, -SO2CH3, -CH2SO2CH3,
SO2C6H5, and -CH2SO2C6H5; and xiii) -(CR13aR13b)zSO3R12; for example, -SO3H, -CH2SO3H, -SO3CH3,
CH2SO3CH3, -SO3C6H5, and -CH2SO3C6H5; wherein each R12 is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Cj-C4 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, phenyl, benzyl; or two R12 units can be taken together to form a ring comprising 3-7 atoms; RI3a and Rl3b are each independently hydrogen or C1-C4 linear or branched alkyl; the index p is from O to 4.
For the purposes of the present disclosure the terms "compound," "analog," and "composition of matter" stand equally well for the disclosed chemical entities described herein, including all enantiomeric forms, diastereomeric forms, salts, and the like, and the terms "compound," "analog," and "composition of matter" are used interchangeably throughout the present specification.
The present disclosure addresses several unmet medical needs, inter alia;
1) Providing compositions effective as human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP-β) inhibitors; and thereby providing a method for regulating angiogenesis in a disorder, disease, malady, or condition wherein angiogenesis is elevated;
2) Providing compositions effective as human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP-β) inhibitors; and thereby providing a method for regulating angiogenesis in a disorder, disease, malady, or condition; and
3) Providing compositions effective as human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP-β) inhibitors; and thereby providing a method for regulating angiogenesis in a disorder, disease, malady, or condition wherein angiogenesis is decreased.
These and other unmet medical needs are resolved by the human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP-β) inhibitors of the present disclosure, that are capable of regulating angiogenesis and thereby serving as a method for treating elevated or diminished angiogenesis in humans or in treating diseases that are caused by insufficient regulation of human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP-β).
The compounds disclosed herein include all pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms, for example, salts of both basic groups, inter alia, amines, as well as salts of acidic groups, inter alia, sulfamic acids, and carboxylic acids. The following are non-limiting examples of anions that can form salts with basic groups: chloride, bromide, iodide, sulfate, bisulfate, carbonate, bicarbonate, phosphate, formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate, pyruvate, lactate, oxalate, malonate, maleate, succinate, tartrate, fumarate, citrate, and the like. The following are non- limiting examples of cations that can form salts of acidic groups: sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, bismuth, and the like.
The compounds of the present disclosure have Formula (I):
Figure imgf000011_0001
(I) wherein the carbon atom having the amino unit has the (S) stereochemistry as indicated in the formula.
R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl unit having the formula:
Figure imgf000012_0001
R4, R5, and R6 are substituent groups that can be independently chosen from a wide variety of inorganic (hydrogen, hydroxyl, amino, halogen or the like) or organic substituent units, such as alkyls, cycloalkyls, heterocyclic, heteroaryls, and the like, wherein such substituent units can optionally have from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to six carbon atoms. One example of compounds of Formula (1), R units relates to thiazol-2-yl units having the formula:
Figure imgf000012_0002
wherein R4 and R5 are each independently chosen from: i) hydrogen; ii) substituted or unsubstituted C) -Cs linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; iv) substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or
R4 and R5 can be taken together to form a saturated or unsaturated ring having from 5 to 7 atoms.
One example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units having the formula:
Figure imgf000012_0003
wherein R5 is hydrogen and R4 is a unit chosen from methyl (Ci), ethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), iso- propyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), wo-butyl (C4), tert-bπty\ (C4), n-pentyl (C5), 1- methylbutyl (C5), 2-methylbutyl (C5), 3-methylbutyl (C5), cyclopropyl (C5), n-hexyl (C6), 4- methylpentyl (C6), and cyclohexyl (C6).
Another example of compounds of Formula (I), R units include to units wherein R4 is a unit chosen from methyl (Ci)3 ethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), iso-propyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), /so-butyl (C4), and tert-bvtiyl (C4); and R5 is a unit chosen from methyl (Ci) or ethyl (C2). Non-limiting examples of this aspect of R includes 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl, 4-ethyl-5- methylthiazol-2-yl, 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl, and 4,5-diethylthiazol-2-yl.
A further example of compounds of Formula (I), R units include units wherein R5 is hydrogen and R4 is a substituted alkyl unit, said substitutions chosen from: i) halogen: -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I; ii) -N(R1 ')2; and iii) -OR11; wherein each R1 ' is independently hydrogen or Ci -C4 linear or branched alkyl.
Non-limiting examples of units that can be a substitute for hydrogen on R units include — CH2F, -CHF2, -CF3, -CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CF3, -CH2Cl, -^H2OH, -CH2OCH3, -CH2CH2OH, - CH2CH2OCH3, -CH2NH2, -CH2NHCH3, -CH2N(CH3)2, and -CH2NH(CH2CH3).
Other non-limiting examples of units that comprise R units include 2,2- difluorocyclopropyl, 2-methoxycyclohexyl, and 4-chlorocyclohexyl.
A yet further example of compounds of Formula (I), R units include units wherein R5 is hydrogen and R4 is phenyl or substituted phenyl, wherein non-limiting examples of R4 units include phenyl, 3,4-dimethylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-cyclopropylphenyl, 4- diethylaminophenyl, 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-(difiuoromethoxy)phenyl, 4-(trifluoro-methoxy)phenyl, 3-chloropheny, 4-chlorophenyl, and 3,4-dichlorophenyl, which when incorporated into the definition of R affords the following R units 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl, 3 ,4-dimethylphenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-ført-butylphenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-cyclopropylphenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-diethylaminophenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenylthiazol-2-yl, 4- methoxyphenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-(difluoromethoxy)phenylthiazol-2-yl, 4- (trifluoromethoxy)phenylthiazol-2-yl, 3-chloropheny, 4-chlorophenylthiazol-2-yl, and 3,4- dichlorophenylthiazol-2-yl .
A still further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R4 is chosen from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and /sø-propyl and R5 is phenyl or substituted phenyl. A non-limiting example of a R unit according to the fifth aspect of the first category of R units includes 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl and 4-ethyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl.
Another further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R5 is hydrogen and R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl unit chosen from 1,2,3,4-tetrazol-l- yl ,l,2,3,4-tetrazol-5-yl, [l,2,3]triazol-4-yl, [l,2,3]triazol-5-yl, [l,2,4]triazol-4-yl, [l,2,4]triazol- 5-yl, imidazol-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl, pyrrol-2-yl, pyrrol-3-yl, oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, oxazol-5- yl, isoxazol-3-yl, isoxazol-4-yl, isoxazol-5-yl, [l,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, [l,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl, [l,3,4]oxadiazol-2-yl, furan-2-yl, furan-3-yl, thiophene-2-yl, thiophene-3-yl, isothiazol-3-yl, isothiazol-4-yl, isothiazol-5-yl, thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl, [l,2,4]thiadiazol-3-yl, [l,2,4]thiadiazol-5-yl, and [l,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl.
Further non-limiting example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R4 is substituted or unsubstituted thiophene-2-yl, for example thiophene-2-yl, 5-chlorothiophene-2- yl, and 5-methylthiophene-2-yl.
A still further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R4 is substituted or unsubstituted thiophene-3-yl, for example thiophene-3-yl, 5-chlorothiophene-3-yl, and 5-methylthiophene-3-yl.
Another example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R4 and R5 are taken together to form a saturated or unsaturated ring having from 5 to 7 atoms. Non-limiting examples of the sixth aspect of the first category of R units include 5,6-dihydro-4H- cyclopenta[c/]thiazol-2-yl and 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[c/]thiazol-2-yl.
Further examples of compounds of Formula (I) include R units that are thiazol-4-yl units having the formula:
Figure imgf000014_0001
wherein R6 is a unit chosen from: i) hydrogen; ii) substituted or unsubstituted Cj -C6 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted phenyl rings having from 5 to 10 ring atoms; or iv) substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl having from 5 to 10 ring atoms.
An example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R6 is hydrogen.
A further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R6 is a unit chosen from methyl (Ci), ethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), iso-propyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), ijo-butyl (C4), and tert-butyl (C4). Non-limiting examples of this aspect of R includes 2- methylthiazol-4-yl, 2-ethylthiazol-4-yl, 2-(n-propyl)thiazol-4-yl, and 2-(wo-propyl)thiazol-4-yl.
A still further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R6 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, non-limiting examples of which include phenyl, 2- fluorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 3- chlorophenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4- methylphenyl, and 4-methoxyphenyl.
Yet further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R6 is substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, non-limiting examples of which include thiophene-2-yl, thiophene-3-yl, thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl, 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl, 2,4- dimethylthiazol-5-yl, 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl, oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl, and 3-methyl- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl.
A further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R6 is a unit having the formula:
O Il
— CH7-S-R7
Il
O wherein R7 is C1-C4 substituted or unsubstituted alkyl and substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, non-limiting examples of R6 include 4-chlorobenzenesulfonylmethyl and tert- butyl sul fonylm ethyl .
A further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R6 is a unit chosen from substituted or unsubstituted pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, and pyrimidinyl, non-limiting examples of which include pyrazin-2-yl and (2-methyl)pyridin-5-yl.
R1 Units
One example of R1 units includes compounds wherein R1 is hydrogen. The compounds of the present disclosure wherein R1 is equal to hydrogen have the formula:
Figure imgf000015_0001
and the compounds of this category therefore do not comprise a second chiral center.
Another example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R1 units having a second chiral center and, for example, having the formulae:
Figure imgf000015_0002
(5),(5)-Diastereomer (5),(i?)-Diastereomer and the indicated stereochemistry. The disclosed compounds can be single diastereomers or mixtures thereof and can be obtained by the forrmαlator in any of the following ways: i) as a mixture of the (S),(S) and (-S)5(Z?) diastereomers and used as a mixture for regulation of angiogenesis; ii) as a mixture of the (S),(S) and (S),(R) diastereomers that are then subsequently separated into the single diastereomers before being used for regulation of angiogenesis; or iii) directly prepared as the individual (S),(S) or (S), (R) diastereomer, the method further described herein below.
One example of compounds according to Formula (I) includes R1 units that are benzyl, non-limiting examples of which include 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(/ert-butoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid, 4- {(S)-2-(S)-2-(tert- butoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropaneamido-2-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl)}phenylsulfamic acid, 4- {(S)- 2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]- ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid, and 4-{(S)-2-[(iS)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropan-amido]-2- (2-ethylthiazol-4-yl) ethyl }phenylsulfamic acid, as well as other compounds described herein below.
Another example of compounds according to Formula (I) includes R1 units that are substituted benzyl, non-limiting examples of which include 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(tert- butoxycarbonyl)-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; 4- {(S)-2-(S)-2-(tert-butox.ycarbony\)-3-(4- chlorophenyl)propaneamido-2-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl)}phenylsulfamic acid, and 4-{(5)-2-(4- ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-(4-methylphenyl)propanamido]- ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid.
A further example of compounds according to Formula (I) includes R1 units that are phenyl, non-limiting examples of which include 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(tørϊ-butoxycarbonyl)-2- phenylethanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid, 4- {(S)-2-(S)-2-(tert- butoxycarbonyl)-2-phenylethaneamido-2-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl)}phenylsulfamic acid, and 4- {(-S)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)- 2-phenylethaneamido]- ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid. A yet farther example of compounds according to Formula (I) includes R1 units that are C1-C4 linear or branched alkyl non-limiting examples of which include 4-{(iS)-2-(4-ethylthiazol- 2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-methylbutanamido]-ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid, 4- {(5)-2- [(5)-2-(te/'t-butoxycarbonyl)-4-methylpentanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid, and 4-{(5)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-4-methylpentan- amido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid, as well as othe compounds described herein below.
R2 is a unit chosen from: i) Ci-C6 linear or branched alkyl; or ii) Ci-C6 linear or branched alkoxy.
One example of R2 includes Ci-C6 linear or branched alkoxy units having the formula:
-OR8 wherein R8 is a Ci-C6 linear or branched alkyl unit chosen from methyl (Ci), ethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), iso-propyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), .sec-butyl (C4), wo-butyl (C4), tert-butyl (C4), n-pentyl (C5), or n-hexyl (C6).
Another example of compounds according to Formula (i) includes R2 units that are Ci-C6 linear or branched alkyl chosen from methyl (Ci), ethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), iso-propyl (C3), n- butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), zso-butyl (C4), tert-butyl (C4), n-pentyl (C5), or n-hexyl (C6).
R3 is hydrogen or Ci -C4 linear or branched alkyl.
One example of R includes compounds wherein R3 is hydrogen.
Another example of R3 includes compounds wherein R3 is methyl.
A further example of R3 includes compounds wherein R3 is chosen from ethyl (C2), n- propyl (C3), iso-propyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), iso-butyl (C4), and tert-butyl (C4).
The compounds of Formula (I) can be organized into several categories for the strictly non-limiting purpose of describing alternatives for synthetic strategies for the preparation of subgenera of compounds within the scope of Formula (I) that are not expressly exemplified herein. This mental organization into categories does not imply anything with respect to increased or decreased biological efficacy with respect to any of the compounds or compositions of matter described herein.
The first aspect of Category I of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
Figure imgf000018_0001
wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-2-yl unit and non-limiting examples of R and R1 and the stereochemistry at R1 are further described in Table I.
TABLE I
No. R R1
1 thiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
2 4-methylthiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
3 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl 0S)-benzyl
4 4-propylthiazol-2-yl (»S)-benzyl
5 4-ωo-propylthiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
6 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl (-5)-benzyl
7 4-butylthiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
8 4-ter£-butylthiazol-2-yl (5}-benzyl
9 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl (^-benzyl
10 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-2-yl (^-benzyl
11 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-2-yl (5}-benzyl
12 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-2-yl (»S)-benzyl
13 4-(methoxymethyl)thiazol-2-yl (5}-benzyl
14 4-(carboxylic acid ethyl ester)thiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
15 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
16 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl (,S)-benzyl
17 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl (.S)-benzyl
18 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
19 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
20 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
21 4-(thiophene-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
22 4-(thiophene-3-yl)thiazol-2-yl (5}-benzyl
23 4-(5-chlorothiophene-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
24 5,6-dihydro-4/f-cyclopenta[c?]thiazol-2-yl (5}-benzyl 25 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[cT]thiazol-2-yl (S)-henzy\
The compounds encompassed within the first aspect of Category I of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme I and described in Example 1 herein below.
Scheme I
Figure imgf000019_0001
Reagents and conditions: (a)(i) (/so-butyl)OCOCl, NMM, DMF; 00C, 20 min.
(ii) NH3; 0 0C for 30 min.
Figure imgf000019_0002
1 2
Reagents and conditions: (b) Lawesson's reagent, THF; rt, 3 hr.
Figure imgf000019_0003
2 3
Reagents and conditions: (c) CH3CN; reflux, 3 hr.
Figure imgf000020_0001
3 4
Reagents and conditions: (d) Boc-Phe, EDCI, HOBt, DIPEA, DMF; rt, 18 hr.
Figure imgf000020_0002
4 5
Reagents and conditions: (e) (i) H2:Pd/C, MeOH; (ii) SO3-pyridine, NH4OH; rt, 2 hr.
. EXAMPLE 1
4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(?e^-Butoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (5)
Preparation of [l-(S)-carbamoyl-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1): To a O 0C solution of 2-(5)-iferϊ-butoxycarbonylamino-3-(4-nitrophenyl)-propionic acid and 7V-methylmorpholine (1.1 mL, 9.65 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) is added dropwise /so-butyl chloroformate (1.25 mL, 9.65 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0 0C for 20 minutes after which NH3 (g) is passed through the reaction mixture for 30 minutes at 0 0C. The reaction mixture is concentrated and the residue dissolved in EtOAc, washed successively with 5% citric acid, water, 5% NaHCO3, water and brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to a residue that is triturated with a mixture of EtOAc/petroleum ether to provide 2.2 g (74%) of the desired product as a white solid.
Preparation of [2-(4-nitrophenyl)-l-(5)-thiocarbamoyl ethyl] carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (2): To a solution of [l-(5)-carbamoyl-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, 1, (0.400 g, 1.29 mmol) in THF (10 rnL) is added Lawesson's reagent (0.262 g. 0.65 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred for 3 hours and concentrated to a residue which is purified over silica to provide 0.350 g (83%) of the desired product. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.29 (s, IH), 8.10 (d. J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 8.01 (s, IH), 7.42 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.70 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, IH), 4.85 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, IH), 3.1 1-3.30 (m, IH), 1.21 (s, 9H).
Preparation of l-(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl amine (3): A mixture of [2-(4-nitrophenyl)-l-(ιS)-thiocarbamoylethyl]-carbamic acid ter/-butyl ester, 2, (0.245 g, 0.753 mmol), l-bromo-2-butanone (0.125 g, 0.828 mmol) in CH3CN (5 mL) is refluxed 3 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether is added to the solution and the precipitate which forms is removed by filtration. The solid is dried under vacuum to afford 0.242 g (90% yield) of the desired product. ESI+ MS 278 (M+l).
Preparation of { 1 -[ 1 -(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethylcarbamoyl]-2- phenylethyl} carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (4): To a solution of l-(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2- (4-nitrophenyl)ethyl amine hydrobromide, 3, (0.393 g, 1.1 mmol), (S)-(2-tert~ butoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropionic acid (0.220 g, 0.828 mmol) and 1- hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (0.127 g, 0.828 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 0 0C, is added l-(3- dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (0.159 g, 0.828 mmol) followed by diisopropyl amine (0.204 g, 1.58 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0 0C for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5 % aqueous NaHCO3, water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.345 g of the desired product which is used without further purification. LC/MS ESI+ 525 (M+l).
Preparation of 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(/ert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4- ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (5): {l-[l-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4- nitrophenyl)ethylcarbamoyl]-2-phenylethyl} carbamic acid tert-buty\ ester, 4, (0.345 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 2 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with Sθ3-pyridine (0.314 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution OfNH4OH (50 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.222 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H (CD3OD): δ 7.50-6.72 (m, 10H), 5.44-5.42 (d, IH, J=6.0 Hz), 4.34 (s, IH), 3.34-2.79 (m, 4H), 2.83-2.76 (q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.40 (s, 9H), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
The final compounds of the present disclosure can also be isolated as the free acid. A non-limiting example of this procedure is described herein below in Example 4.
The following are non-limiting examples of compounds encompassed within the first aspect of Category I of the present disclosure.
Figure imgf000022_0001
4-{(-5}-2-[(i?)-2-(rer?-butoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylproρanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD ): δ 7.22-7.02 (m, 10H), 5.39 (s, IH), 4.34 (s, IH), 3.24-2.68 (m, 6H), 1.37 (s, 9H), 1.30 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
Figure imgf000022_0002
{l-ϊl-fS-Ethylthiazol^-y^-rø^-C^sulfoaminophenyOethylcarbamoyl]-^^- phenylethyl}methyl carbamic acid tert-butyl ester: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 8.36 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.04-7.22 (m, 9H), 5.45 (s, IH), 3.01-3.26 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.88 (m, 4H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.30 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000023_0001
{ 1 -[I -(5-Phenylthiazol-2-yl)-(5)-2-(4-sulfoaminophenyl)ethylcarbamoyl]-(5)-2- phenylethyl}methyl carbamic acid tert-butγl ester: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d}) δ 8.20 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.96-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.00-7.23(m, 7H), 6.89 (s, IH), 5.28 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, IH), 4.33 (t, J= 6.6 Hz, IH)3 3.09-3.26 (in, 2H), 3.34 (dd, J= 13.2 and 8.4 Hz, IH), 2.82 (dd, J= 13.2 and 8.4 Hz, IH)5 1.38 (s, 9H).
The second aspect of Category I of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
Figure imgf000023_0002
wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-4-yl unit and non-limiting examples of R and R1 and the stereochemistry at R1 are further described in Table II.
TABLE II
No. R R1
26 thiazol-4-yl 0S>benzyl
27 2-methylthiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl
28 2-ethylthiazol-4-yl (_9)-benzyl
29 2-propylthiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl
30 2-zso-propyl thi azol-4-yl 0S)-benzyl 31 2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl
32 2-butylthiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl
33 2-ter*-butylthiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl
34 2-cyclohexylthiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl
35 2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-4-yl (<S)-benzyl
36 2-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl
37 2-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
38 2-phenylthiazol-4-yl (^-benzyl
39 2-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl
40 2-(3,4-diτnethylphenyl)thiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl
41 2-(thiophene-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (,S)-benzyl
42 2-(thiophene-3-yl)thiazol-4-yl (_S)-benzyl
43 2-(3-chlorothiophene-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (_S)-benzyl
44 2-(3-methylthiophene-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl
45 2-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)thiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl
46 2-(furan-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl
47 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (^-benzyl
48 2-[(2-methyl)pyridin-5-yl]thiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl
49 2-(4-chlorobenzenesulfonylmethyl)thiazol-4-yl rø-benzyl
50 2-(tø«-butylsulfonylmethyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzy\
The compounds encompassed within the second aspect of Category I of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme II and described in Example 2 herein below.
Scheme II
Figure imgf000024_0001
Reagents and conditions: (a)(i) (ύτσ-butyl)OCOCl, Et3N, THF; 0 0C, 20 min. (ii) CH2N2; room temp for 3 hours.
Figure imgf000025_0001
6 7
Reagents and conditions: (b) 48% HBr, THF; θ'°C, 1.5 hr.
Figure imgf000025_0002
7 • 8
Reagents and conditions: (c)(i) thiobenzamide, CH3CN; reflux, 2 hr. (ii) Boc-Phe, HOBt, DIPEA5 DMF; rt, 18 hr.
Figure imgf000025_0003
8 9
Reagents and conditions: (d) (i) H2:Pd/C, MeOH; (ii) SO3-pyridine, NH4OH; rt, 12hr.
EXAMPLE 2 4-{(5)-2-(5)-2-(?e^-Butoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4- yl)}phenylsulfamic acid (9)
Preparation of (S)-[3-diazo-l-(4-nitrobenzyl)-2-oxo-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (6): To a 0 0C solution of 2-(£^-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3-(4-nitrophenyl)-propionic acid (1.20 g, 4.0 mmol) in THF (20 mL) is added dropwise triethylamine (0.61 mL, 4.4 mmol) followed by /jo-butyl chloroformate (0.57 mL, 4.4 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at 0 0C for 20 minutes and filtered. The filtrate is treated with an ether solution of diazomethane (~16 mmol) at 0 0C. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours then concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue is dissolved in EtOAc and washed successively with water and brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated. The residue is purified over silica (hexane/EtOAc 2:1) to afford 1.1 g (82% yield) of the desired product as a slightly yellow solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.16 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.39 (s, IH), 5.16 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, IH), 4.49 (s, IH), 3.25 (dd, J= 13.8 and 6.6, IH), 3.06 (dd, J= 13.5 and 6.9 Hz, IH), 1.41 (s, 9H).
Preparation of (S)-tert-bvA.y\ 4-bromo-l-(4-nitrophenyl)-3-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate (7): To a 0 0C solution of (5)-[3-diazo-l-(4-nitrobenzyl)-2-oxo-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, 6, (0.350 g, 1.04 mmol) in THF (5 mL) is added dropwise 48% aq. HBr (0.14 mL, 1.25 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at 0 0C for 1.5 hours then the reaction is quenched at 00C with sat. Na2CO3. The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3x 25 mL) and the combined organic extracts are washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated to obtain 0.400 g of the product which is used in the next step without further purification. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.20 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.06 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 4.80 (q, J= 6.3 Hz, IH), 4.04 (s, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H).
Preparation of tert-butyl (S)-I -(5)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)- 1 -(2-phenylthiazole-4- yl)ethylamino-l-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-ylcarbamate (8): A mixture of thiobenzamide (0.1 17 g, 0.85 mmol) and (S)-tert-buty\ 4-bromo-l -(4-nitrophenyl)-3-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate, 7, (0.300 g, 0.77 mmol) in CH3CN (4 mL) is refluxed 2 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether is added to precipitate the intermediate 2-(nitrophenyl)-(iS)-l-(4- phenylthiazol-2-yl)ethylamine which is isolated by filtration as the hydrobromide salt. The hydrobromide salt is dissolved in DMF (3 mL) together with diisoproylethylamine (0.42 mL, 2.31 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (0.118 g, 0.79 mmol) and {S)-(2-tert- butoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropionic acid (0.212 g, 0.80 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0 0C for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5 % aqueous NaHCO3, water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.395 g (90 % yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification. LC/MS ESI+ 573 (M+l).
Preparation of 4- {(.S)-2-(.S)-2-(før?-butoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropaneamido-2-(2- phenylthiazole-4-yl)}phenylsulfamic acid (9):
Figure imgf000027_0001
(5)-l-(5)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-l-(2- phenylthiazole-4-yl)ethylamino-l-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-ylcarbamate, 8, (0.360 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 12 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with Sθ3-pyridine (0.296 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution OfNH4OH (10 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.050 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) 5 8.20 (d, J= 8.1 Hz5 IH), 7.96-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.00-7.23(m, 7H), 6.89 (s, IH), 5.28 (q, J= 7.5 Hz, IH), 4.33 (t, J= 6.6 Hz, IH), 3.09-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.34 (dd, J= 13.2 and 8.4 Hz, IH), 2.82 (dd, J= 13.2 and 8.4 Hz, IH), 1.38 (s, 9H).
The first aspect of Category II of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
Figure imgf000027_0002
wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-2-yl unit and non-limiting examples of R and
R1 and the stereochemistry at R1 are further described in Table III.
TABLE III No. R R1
51 thiazol-2-yl (<S>benzyl
52 4-methylthiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
53 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
54 4-propylthiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
55 4-z.sσ-propylthiazol-2-yl (_5)-benzyl
56 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyI
57 4-butylthiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
58 4-tert-butyl thiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
59 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
60 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-2-yl (>S)-benzyl
61 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-2-yl (_S)-benzyl
62 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-2-yl (^)-benzyl
63 4-(methoxymethyl)thiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
64 4-(carboxylic acid ethyl ester)thiazol-2-yl (>S)-benzyl
65 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
66 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
67 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
68 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
69 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-2-yl (5^-benzyl
70 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl (_S)-benzyl
71 4-(thiophene-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (.S)-benzyl
72 4-(thiophene-3-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzy\
73 4-(5-chlorothiophene-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
74 5,6-dihydro-4//-cyclopenta[c(]thiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
75 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[<]thiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
The compounds encompassed within the first aspect of Category II of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme III and described in Example 3 herein below.
Scheme III
Figure imgf000029_0001
8 10
Reagents and conditions: (a)(i) 4M HCl, dioxane; rt,l hr; (ii) methyl chloroformate, pyridine, CHCl3, 00C to rt, 48 hr.
Figure imgf000029_0002
10 11
Reagents and conditions: (b) (i) H2:Pd/C, MeOH; (ii) Sθ3-pyridine, NH4OH; rt, 4 hr.
EXAMPLE 3
4-{(S)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (11)
Preparation of methyl-OS1)- 1 -[(.S)-l-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl-amino]- l-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-ylcarbamate (10): tert-bvΛy] (5)-l-(.S)-2-(4-nitro-phenyl)-l-(2- phenylthiazole-4-yl)ethylamino-l-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-ylcarbamate, 8, (0.460 mg, 0.881 mmol) is dissolved in a solution of 4M hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (4 mL). The reaction mixture is stirred 1 hour, and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The resulting crude amine is dissolved in CHCI3 (8 mL) and pyridine (1 mL) is added. The temperature is cooled to 00C and methyl chloroformate (0.083 g, 0.881 mmol) is added dropwise. The reaction mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 2 days. Water is added, the solution stirred for 15 minutes and then extracted several times with CHCI3. The combined organic layers are washed with IN HCl, 5% NaHCO3, and brine, dried over Na2SO4, and filtered. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.297 g of the desired product.
Preparation of 4-{(-S)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(^)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (11): Methyl-(S)-l-[(5)-l-(4-ethyl-thiazol-2-yl)- 2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl-amino]-l-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-ylcarbamate, 10, (0.297 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 4 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with Sθ3-pyridine (0.196 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution OfNH4OH (25 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography silica to afford 0. 172 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H(CD3OD ): δ 7.26-7.00 (m, 10H), 5.39 (t, IH, J= 5.7 Hz), 4.38 (t, IH, J=5.7 Hz), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.34-2.75 (m, 6H), 1.30 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
The following are non-limiting examples of the first aspect of Category II of the present disclosure.
Figure imgf000030_0001
4-{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(thiazol-2- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD): δ 7.78-7.75 (m, IH), 7.51-7.47 (m, IH), 7.30-7.02 (m, 9H), 5.49-5.43 (m, IH), 4.39 (t, IH, J=8.1 Hz), 3.56 (s, 3H), 3.51-2.71 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000031_0001
4-{(,S)-2-[(-S)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4-methylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.52-8.49 (m, IH), 7.20-6.99 (m, 10H), 5.37 (bs, IH), 4.36 (bs, IH), 3.62-3.48 (m, 3H), 3.32-3.22 (m, IH), 3.11-3.01 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.72 (m, IH), 2.42 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000031_0002
4-{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4-propylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz3 CD3OD): δ 8.51-8.49 (m, IH), 7.22-6.99 (m, 10H), 5.39 (t, J=6.0 Hz, IH), 4.38 (dd, J=14.4, 9.0 Hz, IH), 3.62 (s, 2H), 3.59-3.48 (m,- IH), 3.27 (dd, J=13.5, 6.3 Hz, IH), 3.12-3.02 (m,2H), 2.81-2.71 (m, 3H)3 1.81-1.68 (m, 2H), 0.985 (t, J=I.5 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000031_0003
4-{(.S)-2-(4-ter^Butylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.23-7.19 (m, 5H), 7.10-6.98 (m, 5H), 5.42-5.38 (m, IH), 4.37 (dd, J=8.4, 5.4 Hz, IH)3 3.61 (s, 2H), 3.48 (bs, IH), 3.32-3.25 (m, IH), 3.13-3.07 (m, 2H), 2.77 (dd, J=13.5, 9.3 Hz, IH), 1.36 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000032_0001
4-{(5)-2-(4-Cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD): δ 7.13-6.91 (m, 10H), 6.81 (s, IH), 5.23 (t, IH, J=7.8 Hz), 4.24 (t, IH, J=8.4 Hz), 3.50 (s, 3H), 3.12-2.66 (m, 4H), 1.94 (t, IH, J=5.1 Hz)3 0.84-0.73 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000032_0002
4-{(5)-2-(4-Cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenyl- propanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.21-6.97 (m, 10H), 5.45-5.25 (m, IH), 5.42-5.36 (m, IH), 5.10-5.02 (m, IH)3 4.03-4.35 (m, IH), 3.63 (s, 2H), 3.60- 3.49 (m,lH), 3.12-3.06 (m, IH), 2.95(dd, J=14.1, 9.9 Hz, IH), 2.82-2.72 (m, 2H), 2.07-1.77 (m, 3H)5 1.56-1.31 (m, 10H).
Figure imgf000032_0003
4-{(5)-2-(4,5-Dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenyl- propanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.45 (d, J=7.8 Hz, IH)3 7.22-7.03 (m3 9H), 5.28 (t, J=7.2 Hz, IH), 4.36 (t, J=7.8 Hz, IH), 3.62 (s, 2H)3 3.52-3.46 (m, IH), 3.22 (dd, J=14.1, 6.3 Hz, IH)3 3.07-2.99 (m3 2H)3 2.77 (dd3 J=13.5, 8.4 Hz, IH)3 2.32 (S3 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000033_0001
4-{(S)-2-(4-Ethyl-5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenyl- propanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfaroic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.45 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.36-7.00 (m, 9H), 5.31 (bs,lH), 4.37 (bs, IH), 3.62-3.46 (m, 3H), 3.28-2.64 (m, 6H), 2.34 (d, J = 5.4 Hz5 3H), 1.37-1.20 (m, 3H).
Figure imgf000033_0002
4-{(-S)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[4-(2,2,2- trifluoroethyl)thiazol-2-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.40 (d, J= 11.1 Hz, IH), 7.30-7.15 (m, 5H), 7.12-7.00 (m, 5H), 5.41 (dd, J= 8.4, 5.1 Hz, IH), 4.42- 4.36 (m, IH), 3.77-3.52 (m, 5H), 3.33-3.23 (m, IH), 3.15-3.02 (m, 2H), 2.97-2.91 (m, IH), 2.82- 2.70 (m, IH).
Figure imgf000033_0003
4-{(-S)-2-[(-S)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylproρanamido)-2-[4-(3,3,3- trifluoroproρyl)thiazol-2-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.23- 7.03 (m, 10H), 5.46-5.34 (m, IH), 4.54-4.44 (m, IH), 3.63 (s, 2H), 3.62-3.35 (m, IH), 3.34-3.24 (m,lH), 3.17-2.99 (m, 4H), 2.82-2.74 (m, IH), 2.69-2.56 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000034_0001
4-{(5)-2-[4-(2,2-Difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-2-yl]-2-[(5}-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.28-7.00 (m, 10 H), 5.42-5.37 (m, IH), 4.41-4.38 (m, IH), 3.60 (s, 2H), 3.61-3.52 (m, IH), 3.35-3.23 (m, IH), 3.04-2.91 (m, 2H), 2.78-2.68 (m, IH), 1.99-1.90 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000034_0002
4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[4-(methoxy- methyl)thiazol-2-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.55 (d, J=6.6 Hz, IH), 7.31 (s, IH), 7.21-7.05 (m, 9H), 5.41 (bs, IH), 4.53 (s, 2H), 4.37 (bs, IH), 3.62 (s, 2H), 3.59-3.46 (m, IH), 3.41 (s, 3H), 3.28-3.22 (m, IH), 3.13-3.00 (m, 3H), 2.80-2.72 (m, IH).
Figure imgf000034_0003
4-{(5)-2-(4-(Ethoxycarbonyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.25 (s, IH), 7.20-7.07 (m, 10H), 5.40 (dd, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 4.45-4.36 (m, 3H), 3.63 (s, 2H), 3.60-3.51 (m, IH), 3.34-3.27 (m, IH), 3.17-3.00 (m, 2H), 2.79 (dd, j=13.5, 8.4 Hz, IH), 1.42(t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000035_0001
4-{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(5-phenylthiazol-2- yl))ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.63 (d, J=8.1 Hz, IH), 7.96 (s, IH), 7.59 (d, J=7.8Hz, 2H), 7.47-7.36 (m, 3H), 7.19-7.10 (m, 10H), 5.42-5.40 (m, IH), 4.41 (t, J=7.2, IH), 3.65-3.50 (m, 3H), 3.16-2.77 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000035_0002
4-{(1S)-2-(4-Ethyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(iS)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenyl- propanamido] ethyl }phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.50-7.38 (m, 4H), 7.21-7.11 (m,10H), 5.45-5.35 (m, IH), 5.42-4.37 (m, IH), 3.63-3.50 (m, 3H), 3.34-3.29 (m, 3H), 3.15-3.03 (rn, 2H), 2.84-2.74 (m, 3H), 1.31-1.21 (m, 3H).
Figure imgf000035_0003
4- {(_S>2-[4-(3 ,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-2-yl]-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3 - phenylpropanamido]ethyl}ρhenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.60 (d, J=8.1 Hz, IH), 7.73 (s, IH), 7.65 (d, J=8.1 Hz, IH), 7.57 (s, IH), 7.21-7.11 (m, 10H), 5.47 (d, J=7.2 Hz, IH), 4.44-4.38 (m, IH), 3.63 (s, 2H), 3.62-3.51 (m, IH), 3.40-3.32 (m, IH), 3.20-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.77 (m, IH), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000036_0001
4-{(S)-2-[4-(4-Chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl]-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido] ethyl }phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.65 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.95-7.91 (m, 2H), 7.70 (s, IH), 7.46-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.19-7.10 (m, 9H), 5.50-5.45 (m, IH), 4.41 (t, J=6.6 Hz, IH), 3.63 (s, 2H), 3.62-3.51 (m, IH), 3.41-3.33 (m, IH), 3.20-3.04 (m, 2H), 2.81 (dd, J=13.8, 9.0 Hz, IH).
Figure imgf000036_0002
4-{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4-phenylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD): δ 7.94-7.92 (d, 2H3 J=7.3 Hz), 7.65 (s, IH), 7.45- 7.31 (m, 3H), 7.22-7.10 (m, 9H), 5.46 (t, IH, J=6.8 Hz), 4.39 (m, IH), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.36-2.79 (m, 6H).
Figure imgf000036_0003
4-{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol- 2-yl] ethyl }phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.63 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.52- 7.51 (m, 2H), 7.39 (dd, J= 5.1, 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.20-7.0S (m, 10H), 5.50-5.40 (m, IH), 4.39 (t, J- 8.1 Hz, IH), 3.63 (s, 2H), 3.50 (bs, IH), 3.39-3.32 (m, IH), 3.18-3.04 (m, 2H)S 2.80 (dd, J = 13.5, 8.7 Hz, IH).
Figure imgf000037_0001
4-{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[4-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol- 2-yl]ethyl}phenylsυlfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.60 (d, J=7.8 Hz, IH), 7.83 (d, J=1.5 Hz, IH), 7.56-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.14 (d, J=25.2 Hz, 10H), 5.46-5.43 (m, IH), 4.40-4.38 (m, IH), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.55-3.45 (m, IH), 3.19-3.04 (m, 4H), 2.84-2.75 (m, IH).
Figure imgf000037_0002
4-{(5)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropion- amido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz3 MeOH-d4) δ 8.45-8.56 (m, IH), 7.01- 7.25 (m, 9H), 7.03 (s, IH), 5.40-5.5.0 (m, IH), 3.48-3.65 (m, 3H), 3.36 (dd, J= 14.4 and 6.0 Hz, IH), 3.23 (dd, J= 14.4 and 6. 0 Hz, IH), 2.95-3.10 (m, IH), 2.75-2.86 (m, 3H), 2.572.64 (m, 3H), 1.30 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000037_0003
4-{(5)-2-(5,6-Dihydro-4/ir-cycloρenta[cGthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(1y)-2-(methoxy-carbonyl)-3- ρhenylρropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.46 (bs, IH), 7.16-7.05 (m, 9H), 5.31 (bs, IH), 4.35 (bs, IH), 3.61 (s, 2H), 3.52-3.43 (m, IH), 3.28-3.18 (m, IH), 3.10-2.98 (m, 2H), 2.92-2.74 (m, 4H), 2.58-2.44 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000038_0001
4- {(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3 -phenylpropanamido] -2-(4,5,6,7- tetrahydrobenzo[^thiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.21-7.08 (m, 9H), 5.45-5.25 (m, IH), 4.45-4.30 (m, IH), 3.63 (s, 2H), 3.64-3.34 (m,lH), 3.33-3.20 (m, IH), 3.09-3.02 (m, 2H), 2.75 (bs, 5H), 1.90 (bs, 4H).
Figure imgf000038_0002
4-{(.S)-2-[4-(5-Chlorothiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl]-2-[(5}-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.63 (d, /=8.7 Hz, IH), 7.55 (s, IH), 7.39-7.31 (m, IH)5 7.23-7.10 (m, 9H), 7.00-6.97 (m, IH), 5.43-5.40 (m, IH), 5.39 (t, J=14.7 Hz, IH), 3.63 (s, 2H), 3.60-3.51 (m, IH), 3.34-3.27 (m, IH), 3.17-3.03 (m, 2H), 2.80 (dd, J=14.1, 8.4 Hz, IH).
A further iteration of the first aspect of Category II relates to compounds wherein R2 comprises -OCH2CH3 (ethoxy); the following is a non-limiting example thereof.
Figure imgf000039_0001
4-{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Ethoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD): δ 7.22-7.00 (m, 10H), 5.39 (t, IH, J=6.0 Hz), 4.37 (t, IH, J=6.1 Hz), 4.08-4.00 (q, 2H, J-7.1 Hz), 3.25-2.74 (m, 6H), 1.30 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz), 1.20 (t, 3H, 3=6.9 Hz).
The second aspect of Category II of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
Figure imgf000039_0002
wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-4yl unit and non-limiting examples of R and R1 and the stereochemistry at R1 are further described in Table IV.
TABLE IV
No. R R1 76 thiazol-4-yl 0S>benzyl 77 2-methylthiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl 78 2-ethyl thiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl 79 2-propylthiazol-4-yl 0S)-benzyl 80 2-wo-propylthiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl 81 2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl 82 2-butylthiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl 83 2-ter/-butylthiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl 84 2-cyclohexylthiazol-4-yl 0S)-benzyl 85 2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl 86 2-(3 ,3 ,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl 87 2-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl
88 2-phenylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzy\
89 2-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl
90 2-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
91 2-(thiophene-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzy\
92 2-(thiophene-3-yl)thiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl
93 2-(3-chlorothiophene-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl
94 2-(3-methylthiophene-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl
95 2-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)thiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl
96 2-(furan-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (_S)-benzyl
97 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (^-benzyl
98 2-[(2-memyl)pyridin-5-yl]thiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl
99 2-(4-chlorobenzenesulfonylmethyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzy\
100 2-(rer;-butylsulfonylmethyl)thiazol-4-yl (5)-benzyl
The compounds encompassed within the second aspect of Category II of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme IV and described in Example 4 herein below.
Scheme IV
Figure imgf000040_0001
7 12
Reagents and conditions: (a)(i) propanethioamide, CH3CN; reflux, 2 hr. (ii) Boc-Phe, HOBt, DIPEA, DMF; rt, 18 hr.
Figure imgf000041_0001
12 13
Reagents and conditions: (b) (i) H2:Pd/C, MeOH; (ii) SO3-pyridine, NH4OH; rt, 18 hr.
EXAMPLE 4
4-{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl) ethyl }phenylsulfamic acid (13)
Preparation of methyl (-S)-I-[OS)-I -(2-ethylthiazole-4-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-ethyl]amino- l-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2-ylcarbamate (12): A mixture of propanethioamide (69 mg, 0.78 mmol) and (S)-tert-buty\ 4-bromo-l-(4-nitrophenyl)-3-oxobutan-2-yl carbamate, 7, (0.300 g, 0.77 mmol) in CH3CN (4 mL) is refluxed for 2 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether is added to precipitate the intermediate 2-(nitrophenyl)-(5)-l-(4- ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethylamine which is isolated by filtration as the hydrobromide salt. The hydrobromide salt is dissolved in DMF (8 mL) together with diisoproylethylamine (0.38 mL, 2.13 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (107 mg, 0.71 mmol) and (»S)-(2-methoxycarbonyl-amino)- 3-phenylpropionic acid (175 mg, 0.78 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0 0C for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5 % aqueous NaHCO3, water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.30Og (81% yield) of the desired product which is used without farther purification. LC/MS ESI+MS 483 (M+l).
Preparation of4-((5)-2-((5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-(2- ethylthiazol-4-yl) ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid ammonium salt (13): tert-Bυtyl (5)-l-(5)-2-(4- nitrophenyl)- 1 -(2-ethylthiazole-4-yl)ethylamino-l -oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-ylcarbamate, 12, (0.30Og) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SCVpyiidine (223 mg, 1.40 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH4OH (12 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 25 mg of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.14-7.24 (m, 6H), 6.97-7.0 (m, 4H), 6.62 (s, IH)3 5.10-5.30 (m, IH)5 4.36 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, IH), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.14 (dd, J= 13.5 and 6.3 Hz, IH), 2.93-3.07 (m, 5H), 2.81 (dd, J = 13.5 and 6.3 HZ, IH), 1.39 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, 3H).
In another iteration of the process of the present disclosure, compound 13, as well as the other analogs which comprise the present disclosure, can be isolated as the free acid by adapting the procedure described herein below.
Figure imgf000042_0001
12 12a
Reagents and conditions: (a) H2:Pd/C, MeOH; rt, 40 hr.
Figure imgf000042_0002
12a 13 Reagents and conditions: (b) SOβ-pyridine, CH3CN; heat, 45 min.
EXAMPLE 4a
4-((5)-2-((-5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl) ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid [Free Acid Form] (13)
Preparation of {l-[2-(»-0-(4-(5)-aminophenyl)-l-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl-carbamoyl]-2- phenylethyl}-carbamic acid methyl ester (12a): A Parr hydrogenation vessel is charged with tort-butyl (S)- 1 -(5)-2-(4-ni trophenyl)- 1 -(2-ethylthiazole-4-yl)ethyl amino- 1 -oxo-3 -phenylpropan- 2-ylcarbamate, 12, (18.05 g, 37.4 mmol, 1.0 eq) and Pd/C (10 % Pd on C5 50 % wet, Degussa- type ElOl NE/W, 2.68 g, 15 wt %) as solids. MeOH (270 mL, 15 mL/g) is added to provide a suspension. The vessel is put on a Parr hydrogenation apparatus. The vessel is submitted to a fill/vacuum evacuate process with N2 (3 x 20 psi) to inert, followed by the same procedure with H2 (3 x 40 psi). The vessel is filled with H2 and the vessel is shaken under 40 psi H2 for ~40 hr. The vessel is evacuated and the atmosphere is purged with N2 (5 x 20 psi). An aliquot is filtered and analyzed by HPLC to insure complete conversion. The suspension is filtered through a pad of celite to remove the catalyst, and the homogeneous yellow filtrate is concentrated by rotary evaporation to afford 16.06 g (95% yield) of the desired product as a tan solid, which is used without further purification.
Preparation of 4-((S)-2-((iS)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-(2- ethylthiazol-4-yl) ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid (13): A 100 mL RBF is charged with {l-[2-(-S)-(4- OS)-aminophenyl)-l -(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl-carbamoyl]-2-phenylethyl}-carbamic acid methyl ester, 12a, (10.36 g, 22.9 mmol, 1.0 eq) prepared in the step described herein above. Acetonitrile (50 mL, 5 mL/g) is added and the yellow suspension is stirred at room temperature. A second 3-necked 500 mL RBF is charged with SOy pyr (5.13 g, 32.2 mmol, 1.4 eq) and acetonitrile (50 mL 5 mL/g) and the white suspension is stirred at room temperature. Both suspensions are gently heated until the reaction solution containing {l-[2-(S)-(4-(S)~ aminophenyl)-l -(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl-carbamoyl]-2-phenylethyl} -carbamic acid methyl ester becomes red-orange in color (typically for this example about 44 0C). This substrate containing solution is poured in one portion into the stirring suspension of SO3- pyr at 35 0C. The resulting opaque mixture (39 0C) is stirred vigorously while allowed to slowly cool to room temperature. After stirring for 45 min, the reaction is determined to be complete by HPLC. H2O (200 mL, 20 mL/g) is added to the orange suspension to provide a yellow-orange homogeneous solution having a pH of approximately 2.4. Concentrated H3PO4 is added slowly over 12 minutes to lower the pH to approximately 1.4. During this pH adjustment, an off-white precipitate is formed and the solution is stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The suspension is filtered and the filter cake is washed with the filtrate. The filter cake is air-dried on the filter overnight to afford 10.89 g (89 % yield) of the desired product as a tan solid.
The following are further non-limiting examples of the second aspect of Category II of the present disclosure.
Figure imgf000044_0001
4-{(6)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(2-methylthiazol-4- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 8.15 (d, J = 8.4 Hz5 IH), 7.16- 7.25 (m, 5H), 6.97-7.10 (m, 4H)5 6.61 (s, IH)5 5.00-5.24 (m, IH)5 4.36 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, IH), 3.64 (s, 2H)5 3.1 1-3.19 (s, IH). 2.92-3.04 (s, 2H)5 2.81 (dd, J= 13.5 and 8.1 Hz5 IH), 2.75 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000044_0002
4-{(S)-2-(2-Ethylthiazole-4-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropan- amido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1HNMR (300 MHz5 MeOH-d4) δ 7.16-7.29 (m, 5H)5 7.02-7.12 (m, 4H)5 6.83 (s, IH)5 5.10-5.35 (m, IH)5 3.52-3.67(m5 3H), 3.18-3.25 (m, 2H)5 3.05 (q, J= 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.82-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 1.39 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000045_0001
4-{(5)-2-(2-Isopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-[(.S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropan- amido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.16 (d, IH, J = 8.7Hz), 7.22-7.13 (m, 3H)5 7.07 (d, IH, J = 8.4Hz)3 6.96 (d, IH, J = 8.1Hz), 6.62 (s, IH), 5.19 (t, IH, J = 7.2Hz)5 4.36 (t, IH, J = 7.8Hz)5 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.08 (IH, A of ABX5 J = 3.6, 14.5Hz), 2.99 (IH, B of ABX5 J = 7.2, 13.8Hz), 2.85-2.78 (m, IH), 1.41 (d, 6H5 J = 6.9Hz).
Figure imgf000045_0002
4-{(ό)-2-(2-Cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD): δ 7.15-7.02 (m, 5H), 6.96-6.93 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz)5 6.86-6.83 (d, 2H, J=8.3 Hz), 6.39 (s5 IH)5 5.01 (t, IH5 J=5.0 Hz), 4.22 (t, IH, j=7.4 Hz)5 3.51 (s, 3H), 2.98-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.21 (m, IH), 1.06-1.02 (m, 2H), 0.92-0.88 (in, 2H).
Figure imgf000045_0003
4-{(S)-2-{2-[(4-Chlorophenylsulfonyl)methyl]thiazol-4-yl}-2-[(S)-2-(methoxy- carbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD): δ 7.96-7.93 (d, 2H, J=8.6 Hz), 7.83-7.80 (d, 2H5 J=8.6 Hz), 7.44-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.29-7.27 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.14- 7.11 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz)5 6.97 (s, IH), 5.31 (t, IH, J=6.8 Hz), 5.22-5.15 (m, 2H), 4.55 (t, IH, J=7.3 Hz), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.20-2.96 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000046_0001
4-{(S)-2-[2-(tø^-Butylsulfonylmethyl)thiazol-4-yl]-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD): δ 7.40-7.30 (m, 5H), 7.21-7.10 (m, 4H), 7.02 (s, IH)3 5.37 (t, IH, J=6.9 Hz), 5.01-4.98 (m, 2H), 4.51 (t, IH, J=7.1 Hz), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.34-2.91 (m, 4H), 1.58 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000046_0002
4-{(iS}-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropionamido]-2-(2-phenylthiazole-4- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.96-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.51-7.56 (m, 3H), 7.13-7.38 (m, 6H), 6.92-6.95 (m, 4H), 5.1 1-5.16 (m, IH)5 4.32-4.35 (m, IH), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.39-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.09-3.19 (m, IH), 2.92-3.02 (m, 2H), 2.75 (dd, J= 10.5 Hz and 9.9 Hz, IH).
Figure imgf000046_0003
4-{(iS)-2-[(1y)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol- 4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD): δ 7.61-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.01 (m, 10H), 6.75 (s, IH), 5.24-5.21 (q, IH, J=I.2 Hz), 4.38 (t, IH, J=7.2 Hz), 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.23-3.14 (m, IH), 3.08-3.00 (m, 2H), 2.87-2.80 (m, IH).
Figure imgf000047_0001
4- {(5)-2-[2-(3 -Chlorothiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3 - phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD): δ 7.78-7.76 (d, IH, j=5.4 Hz), 7.36-7.14 (m, 10H), 7.03 (s, IH)5 5.39 (t, IH, J=6.9 Hz), 4.54 (t, IH, J=7.3 Hz), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.39-2.98 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000047_0002
4-{(-S)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2-(3-methylthiophen-2- yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD): δ 7.38 (d, IH, J=5.1 Hz), 7.15-6.93 (m, 10H), 6.73 (s, IH), 5.17 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 4.31 (t, IH, J= 7.3 Hz), 3.57 (s, 3H), 3.18-3.11 (m, IH), 3.02-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.73 (m, IH), 2.46 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000047_0003
4-{[(-S)-2-(2-(Furan-2-yl)thiazo]-4-yl]-2-[(,S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamidojethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD): δ 7.54-7.46 (m, IH), 7.02-6.79 (m, 10H), 6.55-6.51 (m, IH), 6.44-6.41 (m, IH), 5.02-5.00 (q, IH, J=6.4 Hz), 4.16-4.14 (q, IH, J=7.1 Hz), 3.43 (s, 3H), 2.96-2.58 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000048_0001
4-{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2-(2-methylthiazole-4- yl)thiazole-4yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 8.27(d, J= 5.4 Hz, IH), 7.97 (s, IH), 6.99-7.21(m, 8H), 5.18-5.30 (m, IH), 4.30-4.39 (m, IH), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.20 (dd, J= 14.1 and 6.6 Hz, IH), 2.98-3.08(m, 2H), 2.84 (dd, 7=14.1 and 6.6 Hz, IH), 2.78 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000048_0002
4-{(5r)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(2-pyrazine-2-yl)thiazole- 4-yl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 9.34 (s, IH)5 8.65 (s, 2H), 8.34 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.00-5.16 (m. 9H)3 5.30 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, IH), 4.41 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, IH), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.23 (dd, J= 13.8 and 6.9 Hz, IH), 2.98-3.13 (m, 2H)5 2.85 (dd, J= 13.8 and 6.9 Hz, IH).
Figure imgf000048_0003
4-{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2-(6-methylpyridin-3- yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD): δ 8.90 (s, IH), 8.19-8.13 (m, IH), 7.39- 7.36 (d, IH, J=8.2 Hz), 7.07-6.88 (m, 9H), 6.79 (s, IH), 5.17 (t, IH, J=7.0 Hz), 4.29 (t, IH, J=7.4 Hz), 3.54 (s, 3H)5 3.10-2.73 (m, 4H)5 2.53 (s, 3H).
Category IH of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
Figure imgf000049_0001
wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-2-yl unit and non-limiting examples of R and R1 and the stereochemistry at R1 are further described in Table V.
TABLE V
No. R R1
101 thiazol-2-yl (_S>benzyl
102 4-methylthiazol-2-yl (-S)-benzyl
103 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
104 4-propylthiazol-2-yl (,S}-benzyl
105 4-wσ-propylthiazol-2-yl (»S)-benzyl
106 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
107 4-butylthiazol-2-yl (_S)-benzyl
108 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl (^-benzyl
109 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
110 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
111 4-(3.3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
112 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzy\
1 13 4-(methoxymethyl)thiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
114 4-(carboxylic acid ethyl ester)thiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
115 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
116 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)~benzy\
117 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl rø-benzyl
118 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl (6)-benzyl
119 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-2-yl (.S)-benzyl
120 4-methyl-5-ρhenylthiazol-2-yl (.S)-benzyl 121 4-(thioρhene-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (-S>benzyl
122 4-(thiophene-3-yl)thiazol-2-yl (-S)-benzyl
123 4-(5-chlorothiophene-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (5)-benzyl
124 556-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[ύQthiazol-2-yl (.S)-benzyl
125 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[£flthiazol-2-yl 0S>benzyl
The compounds encompassed within Category III of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme V and described in Example 5 herein below.
Scheme V
Figure imgf000050_0001
• 3 14
Reagents and conditions: (a) Ac-Phe, EDCI, HOBt, DIPEA, DMF; rt, 18 hr.
Figure imgf000050_0002
14 15
Reagents and conditions: (b) (i) H2:Pd/C, MeOH; (ii) SO3-pyridine, NH4OH.
EXAMPLE 5
4-[(-S)-2-((5)-2-Acetamido-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid (15) Preparation of (1S)-2-acetamido-iV-[(-S)- 1 -(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-3- phenylpropanamide (14): To a solution of l-(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl amine hydrobromide, 3, (0.343 g, 0.957 mmol), N-acetyl-L-phenylalanine (0.218 g), 1- hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (0.16Ig), diisopropyl-ethylamine (0.26 g), in DMF (10 mL) at 0°, is added l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (0.201 g). The mixture is stirred at 00C for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl3 5 % aqueous NaHCO3, water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.313 g (70 % yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification. LC/MS ESI+ 467 (M+l).
Preparation of 4-((S)-2-((S)-2-acetamido-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid (15): (S)-2-Acetamido-Λ4(S)-l-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4- nitrophenyl)ethyl]-3-phenylpropanamide, 14, (0.313 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 2 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with Sθ3-pyridine (0.320 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution OfNH4OH (30 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.215 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H (CD3OD): δ 7.23-6.98 (m, 10H), 5.37 (t, IH), 4.64 (t, IH, J=6.3 Hz), 3.26-2.74 (m, 6H), 1.91 (s, 3H), 1.29 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
The following are further non-limiting examples of compounds encompassed within Category III of the present disclosure.
Figure imgf000051_0001
4-[(5)-2-((-S)-2-Acetamido-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-(4-tert-butylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7 '.22-7 '.17 (m, 5H), 7.06 (dd, J=14.1, 8.4 Hz, 4H), 6.97 (d, J=0.9 Hz, IH), 5.39 (dd, J=8.4, 6.0 Hz, IH), 4.65 (t, J=7.2 Hz5 IH), 3.33-3.26 (m, IH), 3.13-3.00 (m, 3H), 2.80 (dd, J=13.5, 8.7 Hz, IH), 1.91 (s, 3H), 1.36 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000052_0001
4-{(1S)-2-((5)-2-Acetamido-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-[4-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2- yl]ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.58 (d, J=8.1 Hz5 IH), 7.83- 7.82 (m, IH), 7.57-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.28-6.93 (m, 1 IH), 5.54-5.43 (m, IH), 4.69-4.55 (m, 2H), 3.41-3.33 (m, IH), 3.14-3.06 (3H), 2.86-2.79 (m, IH), 1.93 (s, 3H).
The first aspect of Category IV of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
Figure imgf000052_0002
wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiophene-2-yl unit and non-limiting examples of R and R1 and the stereochemistry at R1 are further described in Table VI.
TABLE VI
No. R R1
126 thiazol-2-yl hydrogen
127 4-methylthi azol-2 -yl hydrogen
128 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
129 4-propylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
130 4-/so-propylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen 131. 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
132 4-butylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
133 4-ført-butylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
134 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
135 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
136 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl " hydrogen
137 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
138 thiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-pτopy\
139 4-methylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-pτopy\
140 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
141 4-propylthiazol-2-yl (5}-wo-propyl
142 4-wo-propylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-pτopy\
143 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
144 4-butylthiazol-2-yl ($)-iso-propy\
145 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl ($)-iso-propy\
146 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-pτopyl
147 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-is o-pτopyl
148 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-pτopy\
149 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
150 4-(thiophene-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-pvopyl
The compounds encompassed within Category III of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme V and described in Example 5 herein below.
Scheme VI
Figure imgf000053_0001
3 16
Reagents and conditions: (a) Boc-Val; EDCI, HOBt5 DIPEA, DMF; rt, 18 hr.
Figure imgf000054_0001
16 17
Reagents and conditions: (b) (i) H2:Pd/C, MeOH; (ii) SO3-pyridine, NH4OH, rt, 2 hr..
EXAMPLE 6
4-{(5)-2-[(-S)-2-(ϊe^-Butoxycarbonyl)-3-methylbutanamido3-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (17)
Preparation of { 1 -[I -(ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethylcarbamoyl]-2- methylpropyl}carbamic acid tert-butylester (16): To a solution of 1 -(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2- (4-nitrophenyl)ethyl amine hydrobromide, 3, (0.200 g, 0.558 mmol), (S)-(2-tert- butoxycarbonylamino)-3-methylbutyric acid (0.133 g) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (0.094 g) in DMF (5 mL) at 0°, is added l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (0.118 g) followed by diisopropylamine (0.151 g). The mixture is stirred at 0 0C for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5 % aqueous NaHCO3, water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.219 g (82% yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification. LC/MS ESI+ 477 (M+1).
Preparation of 4- {(5)-2-[(5)-2-(ter^-butoxycarbonyl)-3-methylbutanamido]-2-(4- ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (17): { {l-[l-(ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4- nitrophenyl)ethylcarbamoyl]-2-methylpropyl}carbamic acid tert-butylester, 16, (0.219 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 2 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (5 mL) and treated with SO3-pyridine (0.146 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution OfNH4OH (30 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.148 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H (CD3OD ): δ 7.08 (s, 4H), 7.02 (s, IH), 5.43 (s, IH)5 3.85 (s, IH), 3.28-2.77 (m, 4H), 1.94 (s, IH), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.29 (s, 3H5 7=7.3 Hz), 0.83 (s, 6H).
The following are further non-limiting examples of the second aspect of Category IV of the present disclosure.
Figure imgf000055_0001
(5)-4-{2-[2-(fert-Butoxycarbonyl)acetamide]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenyl- sulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD ): δ 7.09-6.91 (m, 5H)5 5.30 (t, IH, J=8.4 Hz), 3.60-2.64 (m, 6H), 1.34 (s, 9H), 1.16 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
Figure imgf000055_0002
(5)-4-{2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[2-(methoxycarbonyl)acetamido]ethyl}phenyl-sulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD): δ 7.12-7.07 (m, 4H), 7.03 (s, IH), 5.42 (t, IH, J=5.7 Hz)5 3.83-3.68 (q, 2H, J=I 1.4 Hz), 3.68 (s, 3H)5 3.34-3.04 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.76 (q, 2H, J=7.8 Hz)5 1.31 (t, 3H5 J=7.5 Hz).
Figure imgf000055_0003
4-{(-S)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-methylbutanamido]- ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.56 (d, IH5 J = 7.8Hz), 7.09 (s, 4H), 7.03 (s, IH), 5.26-5.20 (m, IH), 3.90 (d, IH, J = 7.8Hz), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.30 (IH, A of ABX5 obscured by solvent), 3.08 (IH, B of ABX, J = 9.9, 9Hz), 2.79 (q, 2H, J = 11.1, 7.2Hz), 2.05-1.97 (m, IH), 1.31 (t, 3H, J = 7.5Hz), 0.88 (s, 3H), 0.85 (s, 3H), 0.79-0.75 (m, IH).
Figure imgf000056_0001
4-{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(?ert-Butoxycarbonyl)-4-methylpentanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.19-7.00 (m, 4H), 5.50-5.40 (m, IH), 4.13-4.06 (m, IH), 3.32 (IH, A of ABX, J = 7.5, 18Hz), 3.12 (IH, B of ABX, J = 8.1, 13.8Hz), 2.79 (q, 2H, J = 7.8, 14.7Hz), 1.70-1.55 (m, IH)5 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.33 (t, 3H5 J = 2.7Hz), 0.92 (q, 6H, J = 6, 10.8Hz).
Figure imgf000056_0002
4-{(5)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(.S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-4-methylpentan- amido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.12-7.03 (m, 5H), 6.84 (d, IH3 J = 8.4Hz), 5.40 (t, IH, J = 5.7Hz), 4.16 (t, IH, J = 6.3Hz), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.61-3.55 (m, IH), 3.29- 3.27 (m, IH), 3.14-3.07 (m, IH), 2.81 (q, 2H, J = 3.9, 11.2Hz), 1.66-1.59 (m, IH), 1.48-1.43 (m, 2H), 1.31 (t, 3H5 J = 4.5Hz), 0.96-0.90 (m, 6H).
Figure imgf000056_0003
4-((5)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-{(5)-2-[2-(methoxycarbonyl)acetamido]-3- phenylpropanamido}ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD): δ 7.22-7.01 (m, 9H)5 6.97 (s, IH), 5.37-5.32 (m, IH), 4.64 (t, 1H, J=7.1 Hz)5 3.71-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.28-3.26 (m, IH), 3.03-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.72 (m, 3H), 1.28 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
Figure imgf000057_0001
4-{(JS)-2-[(5)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-4-methylpentanainido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2- yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.06 (d, IH, J = 8.4Hz), 7.61- 7.58 (m, IH), 7.57 (s, IH), 7.15 (t, IH, J = 0.6Hz), 7.09-6.98 (m, 6H), 5.30-5.20 (m, IH), 4.10- 4.00 (m, IH), 3.19-3.13 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.33 (m, 10H), 0.95-0.89 (m, 6H).
Figure imgf000057_0002
4-{(-S)-2-[(-S0-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-4-methylpentanainido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol- 4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.22 (d, IH, J = 9Hz), 7.62-7.57 (m, H), 7.15 (t, IH, J = 0.6Hz), 7.10-6.97 (m, 4H), 5.30-5.20 (m, IH), 4.16-4.11 (m, IH), 3.67 (s, 2H), 3.22 (IH, A OfABX5 J = 6.9, 13.5Hz), 3.11 (IH, B of ABX, J = 7.8, 13.6Hz), 1.65-1.58 (m, IH), 1.50-1.45 (m, 2H), 0.95-0.88 (m, 6H).
Figure imgf000057_0003
(5)-4- {2-[2-(te^-Butoxycarbonyl)acetamide]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl } - phenylsulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD ): δ 7.09-6.91 (rn, 5H), 5.30 (t, IH, J=8.4 Hz), 3.60-2.64 (m, 6H), 1.34 (s, 9H), 1.16 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
Category IV of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
Figure imgf000058_0001
wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiophene-2-yl or thiophene-4-yl unit and non- limiting examples of R2 are further described in Table VII.
TABLE VII
No. R R2
151 thiazol-2-yl -OC(CH3)3
152 4-methylthiazol-2-yl -OC(CH3)3
153 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl -OC(CH3)3
154 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl -OC(CH3)3
155 4-ter*-butylthiazol-2-yl -OC(CH3)3
156 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl -OC(CH3)3
157 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-2-yl -OC(CH3)3
158 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-2-yl -OC(CH3)3
159 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-2-yl -OC(CH3)3
160 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl -OC(CH3)3
161 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl -OC(CH3)3
162 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl -OC(CH3)3
163 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl -OC(CH3)3
164 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-2-yl -OC(CH3)3
165 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl -OC(CH3)3
166 4-(thiophene-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl -OC(CH3)3
167 thiazol-4-yl ~OC(CH3)3
168 4-methylthiazol-4-yl -OC(CH3)3
169 4-ethylthiazol-4-yI -OC(CH3)3
170 4-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl -OC(CH3)3
171 4-ter*-butylthiazol-4-yl -OC(CH3)3
172 4-cyclohexylthiazol-4-yl -OC(CH3)3
173 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-4-yl -OC(CH3)3
174 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-4-yl -OC(CH3)3 175 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-4-yl -OC(CEb)3
176 4,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl -OC(CH3)3
177 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-4-yl -OC(CH3)3
178 4-phenylthiazol-4-yl -OC(CH3)3
179 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-4-yl -OC(CH3)3
180 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-4-yl -OC(CH3)3
181 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-4-yl -OC(CH3)3
182 4-(thiophene-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl -OC(CH3)3
183 thiazol-2-yl -OCH3
184 4-methylthiazol-2-yl -OCH3
185 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl -OCH3
186 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl -OCH3
187 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl -OCH3
188 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl -OCH3
189 4-(2,2,2-trifhκ>roethyl)thiazol-2-yl -OCH3
190 4-(3,3,3-trifluoroρroρyl)thiazol-2-yl -OCH3
191 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-2-yl -OCH3
192 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl -OCH3
193 4-methyi-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl -OCH3
194 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl -OCH3
195 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl -OCH3
196 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-2-yl -OCH3
197 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl -OCH3
198 4-(thiophene-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl -OCH3
199 thiazol-4-yl -OCH3
200 4-methylthiazol-4-yl -OCH3
201 4-ethylthiazol-4-yl -OCH3
202 4-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl -OCH3
203 4-tert-butylthiazol-4-yl -OCH3
204 4-cyclohexylthiazol-4-yl -OCH3
205 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-4-yl -OCH3
206 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-4-yl . -OCH3 207 • 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-4-yl -OCH3
208 4,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl -OCH3
209 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-4-yl -OCH3
210 4-phenylthiazol-4-yl -OCH3
211 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-4-yl -OCH3
212 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-4-yl -OCH3
213 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-4-yl -OCH3
214 4-(thiophene-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl -OCH3
215 thiazol-2-yl -CH3
216 4-methylthiazol-2-yl -CH3
217 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl -CH3
218 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl -CH3
219 4-tørt-butylthiazol-2-yl -CH3
220 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl -CH3
221 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-2-yl -CH3
222 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-2-yl -CH3
223 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-2-yl -CH3
224 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl -CH3
225 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl -CH3
226 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl -CH3
227 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl -CH3
228 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-2-yl -CH3
229 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl -CH3
230 4-(thiophene-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl -CH3
231 thiazol-4-yl -CH3
232 4-methylthiazol-4-yl -CH3
233 4-ethylthiazol-4-yl -CH3
234 4-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl -CH3
235 4-tert-butyl thiazol-4-yl -CH3
236 4-cyclohexylthiazol-4-yl -CH3
237 4-(252,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-4-yl -CH3
238 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-4-yl -CH3 239 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-4-yl -CH3
240 4,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl -CH3
241 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-4-yl -CH3
242 4-phenylthiazol-4-yl -CH3
243 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-4-yl -CH3
244 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-4-yl -CH3
245 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-4-yl -CH3
246 4-(thiophene-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl -CH3
The compounds encompassed within Category IV of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme VI and described in Example 7 herein below.
Scheme VI
Figure imgf000061_0001
2 18
Reagents and conditions: (a)(i) CH3CN; reflux, 1.5 hr. (ii) Boc2O, pyridine, CH2Cl2; rt, 2hr.
Figure imgf000061_0002
18 19
Reagents and conditions: (b)(i) H2:Pd/C, MeOH; reflux (ii) SO3-ρyridine, NH4OH; rt, 12 hr. EXAMPLE 7
[l-(5)-(Phenylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-sulfoaminophenyl)ethyl]- carbamic acid tert-buty\ ester (19)
Preparation of [2-(4-nitrophenyl)-l-(5)-(4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl]-carbaπiic acid tert- butyl ester (18): A mixture of [2-(4-nitrophenyl)-l-(S)-thiocarbamoylethyl]-carbainic acid tert- butyl ester, 2, (0.343 g, 1.05 mmol), 2-bromo-acetophenone (0.231 g, 1.15 mmol), in CH3CN (5 mL) is refluxed 1.5 hour. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residue re- dissolved in CH2CI2 then pyridine (0.24 mL, 3.0 mmol) and BOC2O (0.24 mL, 1.1 mmol) are added. The reaction is stirred for 2 hours and diethyl ether is added to the solution and the precipitate which forms is removed by filtration. The organic layer is dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated to a residue which is purified over silica to afford 0.176 g (39%) of the desired product ESI+ MS 426 (M+l).
Preparation of [ 1 -(5)-(phenylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-sulfoarninophenyl)ethyl]- carbamic acid ester (19): [2-(4-nitrophenyl)-l-(5)-(4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl]- carbamic acid tert-bvΛy\ ester, 18, (0.176 g, 0.41 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 12 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with Sθ3-pyridine (0.195 g, 1.23 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution OfNH4OH (10 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.080 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.93 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 7.68 (s, IH), 7.46-7.42 (m, 3H), 7.37-7.32 (m, IH), 7.14-7.18 (m, 3H), 5.13- 5.18 (m, IH), 3.40 (dd, J = 4.5 and 15.0 Hz, IH), 3.04 (dd, J= 9.6 and 14.1 Hz, IH), 1.43 (s, 9H).
The following are further non-limiting examples of Category IV of the present disclosure.
Figure imgf000063_0001
(^-^(Z-C^Methylthiazol-Z-ylJ-Z-pivalamidoethy^phenylsulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD ): 5 7.31 (s, 4H), 7.20 (s, IH)5 5.61-5.56 (m, IH), 3.57-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 1.31 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000063_0002
fS^-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamideoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.92 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.12-7.14 (m, 4H), 7.03 (s, IH), 5.38-5.46 (m, IH), 3.3-3.4 (m, IH), 3.08 (dd, J= 10.2 and 13.8 Hz, IH), 2.79 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.30 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.13 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000063_0003
(^-N-(l-(4-Hydroxymethyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.92 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.24 (s, IH), 7.08 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.00 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.29-5.37 (m, IH), 4.55 (s, 2H)5 3.30 (dd, J= 4.8 and 13.5 Hz, IH), 2.99 (dd, J= 10.5 and 13.5 Hz, IH), 0.93 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000063_0004
(iy-4-(2-(4-Ethoxycarbonyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamideoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 8.30 (s, IH), 8.04 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.13 (s, 4H), 5.41-5.49 (m, IH)5 4.41 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H)5 3.43 (dd, J= 5.1 and 13.8 Hz, IH), 3.14 (dd, J= 5.7 and 9.9 Hz, IH), 1.42 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.14 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000064_0001
f5>4-(2-(4-Phenylthiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.94-8.01 (m, 3H), 7.70 (s, IH), 7.42-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.32-7 '.47 (m, IH), 7.13- 7.20 (m, 3H), 5.48-5.55 (m, IH), 3.50 (dd, J= 5.1 and 14.1 Hz, IH), 3.18 (dd, J= 10.2 and 14.1 Hz, IH), 1.67 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000064_0002
4-((S)-2-(4-(3-Methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid : ' H (CD3OD): δ 7.96-7.93 (d, IH, J=8.1 Hz), 7.69 (s, IH), 7.51-7.49 (d, 2H, J=7.9 Hz)3 7.33 (t, IH, 7=8.0 Hz), 7.14 (s, 4H), 6.92-6.90 (d, IH, J=7.8 Hz), 5.50 (t, IH, J=5.1 Hz)3 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.50- 3.13 (m, 2H), 1.15 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000064_0003
4-((S)-2-(4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD ): δ 7.98-7.85 (m, 3H), 7.53 (s, IH), 7.26-7.12 (m, 3H), 7.03-6.98 (m, 2H), 5.54-5.46 (m, IH)3 3.52-3.13 (m, 2H), 1.15 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000064_0004
4-((S)-2-(4-(2,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenyl-sulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD): δ 8.11-8.09 (d, IH, J=7.8 Hz), 7.96-7.93 (d, IH, J= 8.4 Hz), 7.74 (s, IH), 7.18-7.16 (m, 4H), 6.67-6.64 (d, 2H, J=9.0 Hz), 5.55-5.47 (m, IH), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.52-3.13 (m, 2H), 1.17 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000065_0001
(S)-4-(2-(4-Benzylthiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid
1H NM IRR ((CCDD33OODD)) δδ 77..8855 ((dd,, IIHH,, JJ == 88..44HHzz))55 77..3388--77..2200 ((mm,, 44HH)),, 77..1111--7.02 (m, IH), 7.00 (s, IH), 5.42-5.37 (m, IH), 4.13 (s, 2H), 3.13-3.08 (m, 2H), 1.13 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000065_0002
(S)-4-(2-Pivalamido-2-(4-(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.88-7.85 (d, IH), 7.38-7.35 (m, IH)5 7.10-7.01 (m, 4H), 7.02 (s, IH), 5.45-5.38 (m, IH), 4.13 (s, 2H), 3.13-3.05 (m, 2H), 1.13 (2, 9H).
Figure imgf000065_0003
(S)-4-(2-(4-(3-Methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.85 (d, IH, J = 8.4Hz), 7.25-7.20 (m, IH), 7.11-7.02 (in, 4H), 7.01 (s, IH), 6.90-6.79 (m, 2H), 5.45-5.40 (m, IH), 4.09 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.12-3.08 (m, 2H), 1.10 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000066_0001
4-((S)-2-(4-(2,3~Dihydrobenzo[b][l,4]dioxin-6-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-2- pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD): δ 7.53 (s, IH), 7.45 (s, IH)5 7.42-7.40 (d, IH5 J= 8.4 Hz), 7.19-7.15 (m5 4H), 6.91-6.88 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 5.51-5.46 (m, IH), 4.30 (s, 4H), 3.51-3.12 (m, 2H), 1.16 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000066_0002
(S)-4-(2-(5-Methyl-4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ' H (CD3OD): δ 7.63-7.60 (d, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 7.49-7.35 (m, 3H)5 7.14 (s, 4H), 5.43-5.38 (m, IH), 3.42-3.09 (m, 2H)5 2.49 (s, 3H), 1.14 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000066_0003
(S)-4- (2-(4-(Biphen-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H (CD3OD ): δ 8.04-8.01 (m, 2H), 7.72-7.66 (m, 5H), 7.48-7.35 (m, 3H), 7.15 (s, 4H), 5.50 (t, 1H, J=5.O Hz), 3.57-3.15 (d, 2H), 1.16 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000066_0004
(iS)-4-(2-terr-Butoxycarbonyl-2-(2-methylthaizol-4-yl)-phenylsulfamic acid 1H NMR (300 MHz, D2O) δ 6.99-7.002(m, 4H), 6.82 (s, IH), 2.26 (dd, J = 13.8 and 7.2 Hz, IH), 2.76 (dd, J= 13.8 and 7.2 Hz5 IH), 2.48 (s, 3H)5 1.17 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000067_0001
(S)-4-(2-(ter?-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(4-propylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.18-7.02 (m, 5H), 5.06-5.03 (m, IH), 3.26 (dd, J=I 3.8, 4.8 Hz, IH), 2.95 (dd, J=13.8, 9.3 Hz, IH), 2.74 (dd, J=15.0, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.81-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.40 (s, 7H), 1.33 (bs, 2H), 0.988 (t, J= 7.5 Hz 3H).
Figure imgf000067_0002
(S)-4-(2-(ter^Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(4-/er/-butyltmazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid:
1H NM RR ((330000 MMHHzz,, CCDD33OODD)):: δδ 77..1122 ((ss,, 44HH)),, 77..0011 ((ss,, IIHH)),, 5.11-5.06 (m, IH), 3.32-3.25 (m, IH)5 2.96 (m, IH), 1.42 (s, 8H), 1.38 (s, 9H), 1.32 (s, IH).
Figure imgf000067_0003
(S)-4-(2-(?er?-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(4-(methoxymethyl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.36 (s, IH), 7.14-7.05 (m, 4H), 5.06 (dd, J=9.0, 5.1 Hz, IH), 4.55 (s, 2H), 3.42 (s, 3H), 3.31-3.24 (m, IH), 2.97 (dd, J=13.8, 9.9 Hz, IH), 1.47-1.31 (m, 9H).
Figure imgf000067_0004
(5)-4-(2-/er/-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(4-(2-hydroxymethyl)thiazol-2 yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-O4) δ 7.22-7.25 (m, IH), 7.09-7.15 (m, 4H), 5.00-5.09 (m, IH), 4.32-4.35 (m, IH), 3.87 (t, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.23-3.29 (m, IH), 3.09-3.18 (m, IH), 2.98 (t, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H)5 1.41 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000068_0001
(^>4-(2-?er?-Bυtoxycarbonyl)-2-(4-(2-ethoxy-2-oxoethyl)-thiazole-2-yl)-ethyl) phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.29 (s, IH), 7.09-7.16 (m, 4H), 5.04- 5.09 (m, IH), 4.20 (q, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.84 (s, 2H), 3.30 (dd, J= 4.8 and 14.1 HZ, IH), 2.97 (dd, J= 9.6 Hz and 13.8 Hz, IH), 1.41 (s, 9H), 1.29 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000068_0002
(5)-4-(2-(i;ert-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(4-(2-(2-methoxy-2-oxoyethyl amino)-2- oxoethyl)thiazole-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d^ δ 7.31 (s, IH), 7.01-7.16 (m, 4H), 5.04-5.09 (m, IH), 4.01 (s, 2H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.29 (dd, J = 5.1 and 13.8 Hz, IH), 2.99 (dd, J= 9.3 and 13.8 Hz, IH), 1.41 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000068_0003
(S)-4-(2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(2-pivalamidothiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenyl-sulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, D2O) δ 6.95 (s, 4H), 6.63 (s, IH), 2.94 (dd, J= 13.5 and 4.8 Hz, IH), 2.75 (dd, J=13.5 and 4.8 Hz, IH), 1.16 (s, 9H), 1.13 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000069_0001
(S)-4-(2-(iert-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(5-phenylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.98 (s, IH), 7.62 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.46-7.35 (m, 4H), 7.14 (s, 4H), 5.09 (bs, IH), 3.07-2.99 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000069_0002
4-((S)-2-(fer/-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(4-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)- phenyl sulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.28 (s, IH), 8.22-8.19 (m, 1H),7.89 (s, IH), 7.65 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, 7=8.1 Hz, IH), 7.15 (s, 4H), 5.17-5.14 (m, IH), 3.43-3.32 (m, IH), 3.05 (dd, J=14.1 , 9.6 Hz, IH), 1.42 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000069_0003
(S)-4-(2-(ϊe/-^-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(5-phenylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.98 (s, IH), 7.94 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.46-7.35 (m, 4H), 7.14 (s, 4H), 5.09 (bs, IH), 3.07-2.99 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000069_0004
(S)-{4-[2,2-Dimethyl-propionylamino)-2-(2-phenyl-thiazole-4-yl)ethyl]phenyl}-sulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.92-7.96 (m, 2H), 7.65 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.45-7.49 (m, 3H), 7.18 (s, IH)3 7.08-7.15 (in, 4H), 5.34-5.41 (m, IH), 3.26 (dd, J- 14.1 and 6.0 Hz, IH), 3.08 (dd, J = 13.8 and 9.0 Hz, IH), 1.47 (s, 9H).
(^-4-(2-ter/-Butoxycarbonylamido)-2-(4-phenyl)-2-(4-phenylthiazole-2-yl)ethyl)- phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.93 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 7.68 (s, IH), 7.46-7.42 (m, 3H)3 7.37-7.32 (m, IH), 7.14-7.18 (m, 3H), 5.13-5.18 (m, IH), 3.40 (dd, J= 4.5 and 15.0 Hz, IH), 3.04 (dd, J= 9.6 and 14.1 Hz, IH), 1.43 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000070_0001
(S,S)-2-(2-{2-[2-?e/'f-Butoxycarbonylamino-2-(4-sulfoaminophenyl)ethyl]thiazol-4- yl}acetylamido)-3-phenylpropionic acid methyl ester: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 6.85- 6.94 (m, 9H), 6.64 (s, IH)3 4.83 (s, IH), 4.54-4.58 (m, IH)3 3.49 (s, 3H)S 3.39 (s, 2H)3 2.80-2.97 (m, IH), 2.64-2.78 (m, IH), 1.12 (s, 9H).
(S)-[ 1 - { 1 -Oxo-4-[2-(l -phenyl-1 H-tetrazol-5-sulfonyl)ethyl]- 1 H- 1 λ4-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4- sulfamino-phenyl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.22-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.62-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.55 (s, IH), 7.10-7.20 (m3 5H), 5.25 (m, IH), 4.27- 4.36 (m, IH), 4.1 1-4.21 (m, IH), 3.33-3.44 (m, 4H), 2.84-2.90 (m, IH), 1.33 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000070_0002
4-((S)- 2-(rert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenyl sulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.84 (dd, J=3.0, 1.5 Hz, IH)3 7.57-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.47 (dd, J=4.8, 3.0 Hz, IH), 7.15(s, 4H), 5.15-5.10 (m, IH), 3.39-3.34 (m, IH), 3.01 (dd, J=I 4.1, 9.6 Hz, IH), 1.42 (s, 8H), 1.32 (s, IH).
Figure imgf000071_0001
(S)-4-(2-(Benzo[d]thiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(fert-butoxycarbonyl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.86-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.42 (t, 2H, J-7.1 Hz), 7.33 (t, IH, J=8.2 Hz), 7.02 (s, 4H), 5.10-5.05 (m, IH), 2.99-2.91 (m, 2H), 1.29 (s, 9H).
(^-4-(2-ter^-Butoxycarbonylaminό)-2-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)-phenylsulfamic acid 1H NMR (300 MHz, D2O) δ 6.99-7.002(m, 4H), 6.82 (s, IH), 2.26 (dd, J= 13.8 and 7.2 Hz, IH), 2.76 (dd, J = 13.8 and 7.2 Hz, IH), 2.48 (s, 3H), 1.17 (s, 9H).
Regulation of HPTP-β provides a means for modulating the activity of angiopoietin receptor-type tyrosine kinase Tie-2, and thereby mediate disease states wherein angiogenesis is improperly regulated by the human body. The compounds of the present disclosure serve as a means for providing regulation of angiogenesis. As such the present disclosure addresses several unmet medical needs, inter alia;
1) Providing compositions effective as human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP-β) inhibitors; and thereby provide a means for regulating angiogenesis in a disorder wherein angiogenesis is elevated;
2) Providing compositions effective as human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP-β) inhibitors; and thereby provide a means for regulating angiogenesis in a disorder; and
3) Providing compositions effective human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP-β) inhibitors; and thereby provide a means for regulating angiogenesis in a disorder wherein angiogenesis is decreased.
For purposes of the present disclosure the term "regulate" is defined as in its accepted dictionary meanings. Thus, the meaning of the term "regulate" includes, but is not limited to, up-regulate or down-regulate, to fix, to bring order or uniformity, to govern, or to direct by various means. In one aspect, an antibody may be used in a method for the treatment of an "angiogenesis elevated disorder" or "angiogenesis reduced disorder". As used herein, an "angiogenesis elevated disorder" is one that involves unwanted or elevated angiogenesis in the biological manifestation of the disease, disorder, and/or condition; in the biological cascade leading to the disorder; or as a symptom of the disorder. Similarly, the "angiogenesis reduced disorder" is one that involves wanted or reduced angiogenesis in the biological manifestations. This "involvement" of angiogenesis in an angiogenesis elevated/reduced disorder includes, but is not limited to, the following:
1. The angiogenesis as a "cause" of the disorder or biological manifestation, whether the level of angiogenesis is elevated or reduced genetically, by infection, by autoimmunity, trauma, biomechanical causes, lifestyle, or by some other causes.
2. The angiogenesis as part of the observable manifestation of the disease or disorder. That is, the disease or disorder is measurable in terms of the increased or reduced angiogenesis. From a clinical standpoint, angiogenesis indicates the disease; however, angiogenesis need not be the "hallmark" of the disease or disorder.
3. The angiogenesis is part of the biochemical or cellular cascade that results in the disease or disorder. In this respect, regulation of angiogenesis may interrupt the cascade, and may control the disease. Non-limiting examples of angiogenesis regulated disorders that may be treated by the present disclosure are herein described below.
FORMULATIONS
The present disclosure also relates to compositions or formulations which comprise the KvI.5 potassium channel inhibitors according to the present disclosure. In general, the compositions of the present disclosure comprise: a) an effective amount of one or more phenylsufamic acids and salts thereof according to the present disclosure which are effective as human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP-β) inhibitors; and b) one or more excipients.
For the purposes of the present disclosure the term "excipient" and "carrier" are used interchangeably throughout the description of the present disclosure and said terms are defined herein as, "ingredients which are used in the practice of formulating a safe and effective pharmaceutical composition."
The formulator will understand that excipients are used primarily to serve in delivering a safe, stable, and functional pharmaceutical, serving not only as part of the overall vehicle for delivery but also as a means for achieving effective absorption by the recipient of the active ingredient. An excipient may fill a role as simple and direct as being an inert filler, or an excipient as used herein may be part of a pH stabilizing system or coating to insure delivery of the ingredients safely to the stomach. The formulator can also take advantage of the fact the compounds of the present disclosure have improved cellular potency, pharmacokinetic properties, as well as improved oral bioavailability.
Non-limiting examples of compositions according to the present disclosure include: a) from about 0.001 mg to about 1000 mg of one or more phenylsulfamic acids according to the present disclosure; and b) one or more excipients.
Another embodiment according to the present disclosure relates to the following compositions: a) from about 0.01 mg to about 100 mg of one or more phenylsulfamic acids according to the present disclosure; and b) one or more excipients.
A further embodiment according to the present disclosure relates to the following compositions: a) from about 0.1 mg to about 10 mg of one or more phenylsulfamic acids according to the present disclosure; and b) one or more excipients.
The term "effective amount" as used herein means "an amount of one or more phenylsulfamic acids, effective at dosages and for periods of time necessary to achieve the desired or therapeutic result." An effective amount may vary according to factors known in the art, such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the human or animal being treated. Although particular dosage regimes may be described in examples herein, a person skilled in the art would appreciated that the dosage regime may be altered to provide optimum therapeutic response. Thus, it is not possible to specify an exact "effective amount." For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation. In addition, the compositions of the present disclosure can be administered as frequently as necessary to achieve a therapeutic amount.
METHOD OF USE • The present disclosure relates to methods for regulating angiogenesis in a human comprising administering to a human one or more of the disclosed compounds.
One example of the disclosed methods includes a method for treating an angiogenesis regulated disorder in a subject, wherein the angiogenesis regulated disorder is an angiogenesis elevated disorder, and said disorder is chosen from diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, cancer, sickle cell anemia, sarcoid, syphilis, pseudoxanthoma elasticum, Paget's disease, vein occlusion, artery occlusion, carotid obstructive disease, chronic uveitis/vitritis, mycobacterial infections, Lyme's disease, systemic lupus erythematosis, retinopathy of prematurity, Eales' disease, Behcet's disease, infections causing a retinitis or choroiditis, presumed ocular histoplasmosis, Best's disease, myopia, optic pits, Stargardt's disease, pars planitis, chronic retinal detachment, hyperviscosity syndrome, toxoplasmosis, trauma and post-laser complications, diseases associated with rubeosis, and proliferative vitreoretinopathy.
Another example of the disclosed methods includes a method for treating an angiogenesis regulated disorder in a subject, wherein the angiogenesis regulated disorder is an angiogenesis elevated disorder, and said disorder is chosen from inflammatory bowel diseases such as Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis, psoriasis, sarcoidosis, rheumatoid arthritis, hemangiomas, Osler-Weber-Rendu disease, or hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia, solid or blood borne tumors and acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
A further example of the disclosed methods includes a method for treating an angiogenesis regulated disorder in a subject wherein the angiogenesis regulated disorder is an angiogenesis reduced disorder and chosen from skeletal muscle and myocardial ischemia, stroke, coronary artery disease, peripheral vascular disease, coronary artery disease.
A yet further example of the disclosed methods includes a method of vascularizing ischemic tissue. As used herein, "ischemic tissue," means tissue that is deprived of adequate blood flow. Examples of ischemic tissue include, but are not limited to, tissue that lack adequate blood supply resulting from myocardial and cerebral infarctions, mesenteric or limb ischemia, or the result of a vascular occlusion or stenosis. In one example, the interruption of the supply of oxygenated blood may be caused by a vascular occlusion. Such vascular occlusion may be caused by arteriosclerosis, trauma, surgical procedures, disease, and/or other etiologies. Also included within the methods of treatment of the present disclosure is the treatment of skeletal muscle and myocardial ischemia, stroke, coronary artery disease, peripheral vascular disease, coronary artery disease.
A still further example of the disclosed methods includes a method of repairing tissue. As used herein, "repairing tissue" means promoting tissue repair, regeneration, growth, and/or maintenance including, but not limited to, wound repair or tissue engineering. One skilled in the art appreciates that new blood vessel formation is required for tissue repair. In turn, tissue may be damaged by, including, but not limited to, traumatic injuries or conditions including arthritis, osteoporosis and other skeletal disorders, and burns. Tissue may also be damaged by injuries due to surgical procedures, irradiation, laceration, toxic chemicals, viral infection or bacterial infections, or burns. Tissue in need of repair also includes non-healing wounds. Examples of non-healing wounds include non-healing skin ulcers resulting from diabetic pathology; or fractures that do not heal readily.
The disclosed compounds are also suitable for use in effecting tissue repair in the context of guided tissue regeneration (GTR) procedures. Such procedures are currently used by those skilled in the arts to accelerate wound healing following invasive surgical procedures.
A yet still further example of the disclosed methods includes a method of promoting tissue repair characterized by enhanced tissue growth during the process of tissue engineering. As used herein, "tissue engineering" is defined as the creation, design, and fabrication of biological prosthetic devices, in combination with synthetic or natural materials, for the augmentation or replacement of body tissues and organs. Thus, the present methods may be used to augment the design and growth of human tissues outside the body for later implantation in the repair or replacement of diseased tissues. For example, antibodies may be useful in promoting the growth of skin graft replacements that are used as a therapy in the treatment of burns.
Other examples of the tissue engineering example of the disclosed methods includes in cell-containing or cell-free devices that induce the regeneration of functional human tissues when implanted at a site that requires regeneration. As discussed herein, biomaterial-guided tissue regeneration may be used to promote bone re-growth in, for example, periodontal disease. Thus, antibodies may be used to promote the growth of reconstituted tissues assembled into three-dimensional configurations at the site of a wound or other tissue in need of such repair. A yet further example of the tissue engineering example of the disclosed methods, the compounds disclosed herein can be included in external or internal devices containing human tissues designed to replace the function of diseased internal tissues. This approach involves isolating cells from the body, placing them with structural matrices, and implanting the new system inside the body or using the system outside the body. For example, antibodies may be included in a cell-lined vascular graft to promote the growth of the cells contained in the graft. It is envisioned that the methods of the disclosure may be used to augment tissue repair, regeneration and engineering in products such as cartilage and bone, central nervous system tissues, muscle, liver, and pancreatic islet (insulin-producing) cells.
The present disclosure also relates to the use of the disclosed phenylsulfamic acids in the manufacture of a medicament for promoting the growth of skin graft replacements.
The present disclosure also relates to the use of the disclosed phenylsulfamic acids according to the present disclosure in the manufacture of a medicament for use in effecting tissue repair in the context of guided tissue regeneration (GTR) procedures.
The disclosed compounds can be used in the manufacture of one or more medicaments, non-limiting examples of these medicaments are:
Medicaments for the treatment an angiogenesis regulated disorder in a subject, wherein the angiogenesis regulated disorder is an angiogenesis elevated disorder.
Medicaments for the treatment an angiogenesis regulated disorder in a subject, wherein the angiogenesis regulated disorder is an angiogenesis elevated disorder chosen from Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis, psoriasis, sarcoidosis, rheumatoid arthritis, hemangiomas, Osler- Weber-Rendu disease, or hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia, solid or blood borne tumors and acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
Medicaments useful for the purposes of tissue engineering thereby inducing enhanced tissue growth.
Medicaments for the treatment an angiogenesis regulated disorder in a subject, wherein the angiogenesis regulated disorder is an angiogenesis reduced disorder.
PROCEDURES
Screening Assays using in vitro and in vivo models of angiogenesis
Antibodies of the disclosure may be screened in angiogenesis assays that are known in the art. Such assays include in vitro assays that measure surrogates of blood vessel growth in cultured cells or formation of vascular structures from tissue explants and in vivo assays that measure blood vessel growth directly or indirectly (Auerbach,R., et al. (2003). Clin Chem 49, 32-40, Vailhe,B., et al. (2001). Lab Invest 81, 439-452).
1. In vitro models of angiogenesis
The in vitro models which are suitable for use in the present disclosure employ cultured endothelial cells or tissue explants and measure the effect of agents on "angiogenic" cell responses or on the formation of blood capillary-like structures. Non-limiting examples of in vitro angiogenesis assays include but are not limited to endothelial cell migration and proliferation, capillary tube formation, endothelial sprouting, the aortic ring explant assay and the chick aortic arch assay.
2. In vivo models of angiogenesis
The in vivo agents or antibodies which are suitable for use in the present disclosure are administered locally or systemically in the presence or absence of growth factors (i.e. VEGF or angiopoietin 1) and new blood vessel growth is measured by direct observation or by measuring a surrogate marker such as hemoglobin content or a fluorescent indicator. Non-limiting examples of in vitro angiogenesis assays include but are not limited to chick chorioallantoic membrane assay, the corneal angiogenesis assay, and the Matrigel® plug assay.
3. Procedures for Determining Vascularization of Ischemic Tissue.
Standard routine techniques are available to determine if a tissue is at risk of suffering ischemic damage from undesirable vascular occlusion. For example, in myocardial disease these methods include a variety of imaging techniques (e.g., radiotracer methodologies, x-ray, and MRI) and physiological tests. Therefore, induction of angiogenesis as an effective means of preventing or attenuating ischemia in tissues affected by or at risk of being affected by a vascular occlusion can be readily determined.
A person skilled in the art of using standard techniques may measure the vascularization of tissue. Non-limiting examples of measuring vascularization in a subject include SPECT (single photon emission computed tomography); PET (positron emission tomography); MRI (magnetic resonance imaging); and combination thereof, by measuring blood flow to tissue before and after treatment. Angiography may be used as an assessment of macroscopic vascularity. Histologic evaluation may be used to quantify vascularity at the small vessel level. These and other techniques are discussed in Simons, et al., "Clinical trials in coronary angiogenesis," Circulation, 102, 73-86 (2000).
The following are non-limiting examples of HPTPβ (IC50 μM) and PTPlB (IC50 μM) activity is listed herein below in Table VIII.
TABLE VIII
HPTPβ PTPlB
Compound
IC50 μM IC50 μM
Figure imgf000078_0001
(-S)-{4-[2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(phenylacetylamino)ethyl]- phenyl} sulfamic acid
Figure imgf000078_0002
4-{(-S)-2-[(/?)-2-(/erϊ-butoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2- (4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl } phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000078_0003
{ 1 -[ 1 -(5-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-(_S)-2-(4-sulfoaminoρhenyl)ethyl- carbamoyl]-(-S)-2-phenylethyl}methyl carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000079_0001
{ 1 -[ 1 -(5-phenylthiazol-2-yl)-0S>2-(4- sulfoaminophenyl)ethylcarbamoyl]-(5)-2-phenylethyl}methyl carbamic acid tm-butyl ester
Figure imgf000079_0002
4-{(S)-2-(S>2-(ter£-Butoxycarbonylamino)-3- phenylpropanamido-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000079_0003
4-{(S)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido] ethyl } phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000079_0004
4-{(-S)-2-[(iS)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2- (thiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000080_0001
-{(S)-2-[(£)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4- methylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl }phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000080_0002
-{(5^-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanainido]-2-(4- propylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000080_0003
-{(5)-2-(4-rert-Butylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(1S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000080_0004
4-{(5>2-(4-Cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxy- carbonyty-S-phenylpropanamidoJethylJphenylsulfarnic acid
Figure imgf000081_0001
-{(5)-2-(4-Cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)- 3-phenyl-propanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000081_0002
-{(5)-2-(4,5-Dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)- 3-phenyl-propanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000081_0003
4-{(S)-2-(4-Ethyl-5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxy- carbonyl)-3-phenyl-propanamido]ethyl}pheπylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000081_0004
-{(5)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[4- (2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-2-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000082_0001
-{(5)-2-[(6}-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-[4- (3 ,3 ,3 -trifluoropropyl)thi azol-2-yl] ethyl } phenylsulfami c acid
Figure imgf000082_0002
-{(S)-2-[(,S)-2<Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[4- (methoxymethyl)thiazol-2-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000082_0003
4-{(50-2-(4-(Ethoxycarbonyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxy- carbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000082_0004
-{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(5- phenylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000083_0001
4-{(S)-2-(4-Ethyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxy- carbonyl)-3-phenyl-propanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000083_0002
-{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4- phenylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000083_0003
-{(1S)-2-[(,S)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[4- (thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000083_0004
-{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[4- (thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000084_0001
4-{(5)-2-(5,6-Dihydro-4//-cyclopenta[rf]thiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2- (methoxy-carbonyl)-3 -phenylpropanamido] ethyl Jphenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000084_0002
4- {(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3 -phenylpropanamido]-2- (4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[αr]thiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000084_0003
4-{(-S)-2-[4-(5-Chlorothiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl]-2-[(5)-2- (methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenyl-sulfamic acid
Figure imgf000084_0004
4- {(5)-2-[(5')-2-(Ethoxycarbonyl)-3 -phenylρropanamido]-2-(4- ethylthi azol-2-yl)ethyl } phenylsulfami c acid
Figure imgf000085_0001
- {(5)-2-[(.S)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3 -phenylpropanamido]-2-(2- ethylthiazol-4-yl) ethyljphenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000085_0002
-{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(2- methylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl }phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000085_0003
4-{(5)-2-(2-Cycloρropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxy- carbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000085_0004
4- {(S)-2- {2-[(4-Chlorophenylsulfonyl)methyl]thiazol-4-yl} -2-
[(S)-2-(methoxy-carbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000086_0001
4-{(S)-2-[2-(fe^-Butylsulfonylmethyl)tliia2θl-4-yl]-2-[(S)-2- (methoxycarbonyl)-3 -phenylpropanamido] ethyl } phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000086_0002
-{(5)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropionamido]-2-(2- phenylthiazole-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000086_0003
4-{(5)-2-[(»S)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropananiido]-2-[2- (thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000086_0004
4-{(5)-2-[2-(3-Chlorothiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]-2-[(5)-2- (methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000087_0001
- {(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3 -phenylpropanamido]-2-[2- (3-methylthiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl }phenylsulfaτnic acid
Figure imgf000087_0002
4-{[(»S)-2-(2-(Furan-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]-2-[(5)-2-(methoxy- carbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl }phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000087_0003
-{(-S)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2- (pyrazin-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000087_0004
4-[(5)-2-((5)-2-Acetamido-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-(4- ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000088_0001
4-[(5>2-((-5)-2-Acetamido-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-(4-/ert- butylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000088_0002
4-{(5)-2-((5)-2-Acetamido-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-[4- (thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000088_0003
-{(S)-2-[(S>2-(ter^Butoxycarbonyl)-3-methylbutanamido]-2-(4- ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl} phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000088_0004
(5)-4-{2-[2-(rer/-Butoxycarbonyl)acetamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000088_0005
(5)-4-{2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[2- (methoxycarbonyl)acetamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000089_0001
4- {(5)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(-5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3 - methylbutanamido] -ethyl }phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000089_0002
-{(5>2-[(^-2-(ter/-Butoxycarbonyl)-4-methylpentanamido]-2- (4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl }phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000089_0003
4- {(5)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2- [(-S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-4- methylpentanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000089_0004
4-((5)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-{(5)-2-[2-(methoxycarbonyl)- acetamido]-3-phenylpropanaraido}ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000089_0005
-{(iS)-2-[(.S)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-4-tnethylpentanamido]-2-[2- (thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000090_0001
(5)-4-{2-[2-(^erf-Butoxycarbonyl)acetamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl}-phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000090_0002
[ 1 -(5)-(Phenylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-sυlfoaminophenyl)ethyl]- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000090_0003
(5)-4-(2-(4-Methylthiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenyl- sulfamic acid
Figure imgf000090_0004
(^-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenyl-sulfamic acid
Figure imgf000090_0005
^S;-4-{2-[4-(hydroxymethyl)thiazol-2-yl]-2- pivalamidoethyl}phenyl-sulfamic acid
Figure imgf000091_0001
fS>4-{[2-(4-Ethoxycarbonyl)thiazol-2-yl]-2- pi valamidoethyl } phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000091_0002
(S;-4-(2-(4-Phenylthiazol-2-yl)-2~ pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000091_0003
4-((S)-2-(4-(3-Methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2- pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000091_0004
-((-S)-2-(4-(2,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2- pivalamidoethyl)phenyl-sulfamic acid
Figure imgf000091_0005
(_7)-4-(2-(4-Benzylthiazol-2-yl)-2- pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000091_0006
(S)-4-(2-(4-(3-Methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2- pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000092_0001
-((S)-2-(4-(2,3-Dihydrobenzo[b][l,4]dioxin-6-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-2- pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000092_0002
(S)-4-(2-(5-Methyl-4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)-2- pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000092_0003
(S)-4- (2-(4-(Biphen-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-2- pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000092_0004
(S)-4-(2-ter^Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(2-methylthiazol-4- yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000092_0005
(S)-4-(2-(rert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4-propylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl)phenyl sulfamic acid
Figure imgf000093_0001
(S)-4-(2-(ter^Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4-ter£-butylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl)phenyl sulfamic acid
Figure imgf000093_0002
(S)-4-(2-(teτV-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4- (methoxymethyl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid
Figure imgf000093_0003
(_S)-4-(2-(te/^Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4- (hydroxymethyl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000093_0004
(S>4-(2-te^Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4-(2-ethoxy-2- oxoethyl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000093_0005
(5)-4-(2-(rert-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(4-(2-(2-methoxy-2-oxoyethyl amino)-2-oxoethyl)thiazole-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid
Figure imgf000094_0001
(S)-4-(2-(?err-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(2-pivalamidothiazolr4- yl)ethyl)phenyl sulfamic acid
Figure imgf000094_0002
(S)-4-(2-(te^Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(5-phenylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid
Figure imgf000094_0003
4-((S)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4-(3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid
Figure imgf000094_0004
4-((S)- 2-(ter/-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4-(thiophen-3- yl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenyl sulfamic acid
The Rat hindlimb model is used to evaluate angiogenic properties of novel HPTPb inhibitors. Specifically to determine if there is enhanced blood flow to the collateral dependent region of the leg post ischemia when the animal is in an exercise challenged state. The specific compound accessed in this example is (4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(teπl-Butoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid. Rat Hindlimb Model of Collateral Development
Animal Selection
In an effort to control for variables affecting execution of treadmill running, rats are familiarized with exercising on the treadmill (tmill) a week prior to surgery. This consisted of the rat running on the tmill for intermittent bouts totaling five minutes daily at speeds between 20-25 m/sec and an elevation of 7°. Previous experience demonstrated that animals that did not run well during the familiarization period performed just as poorly during subsequent blood flow determinations, possibly altering collateral blood flow measurements. Based on this experience, rats that did not perform well during the familiarization period are not included in this study.
Surgical Procedures
An initial surgery is done to create hindlimb ischemia and implant osmotic pumps essentially as previously described with minor alterations. Briefly, adult male Sprague-Dawley rats (wt 340-390 grams) are first placed in an induction chamber with an O2 flow rate of 1 L/min and Isoflurane (ISO) at 2.5%, body temperature is maintained via a heating pad under the chamber. Following induction, animals are transferred to a surgical mat and anesthesia is continued via a non-rebreathing circuit. A warming lamp is positioned above the rat and a rectal probe is placed to monitor the animal's body temperature. The groin areas bilaterally are clipped and prepared with alternating Betadine and alcohol scrubs (3x) and a sterile drape is placed over the rat. The left femoral artery is exposed through a skin incision and subsequently ligated in two positions 1 cm apart; distal to the inguinal ligament and proximal to the femoral circumflex artery. The skin is closed using either skin staples or Vetbond. The same procedure is repeated on the right side. Animals in the Continuous infusion groups had an Alzet 2ML2 pump (already primed) inserted into the SubQ space on their backs which delivered either 15 mg/kg/d or 5 mg/kg/d of 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4- ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid, or Vehicle depending upon the treatment groups. Animals in the VEGF treatment group underwent an additional procedure for placement of an osmotic pump (Alert™ model # 2004) on their neck. Prior to implantation, osmotic pumps are filled with VEGFl 65 solution at a dose of 15 μg/kg/day, and primed overnight inside sterile saline beakers in a water bath (370C). Stretched PE50 catheters coated with PPG (Poly propylene glycol Aldrich # 20-235-5) are attached using sterile technique and in accordance with manufacture's instructions the afternoon prior to surgery. For pump placement, an incision is made to expose the right jugular vein, an area is tunneled SubQ from the right side of the neck to the back and the pump is placed in the resulting SubQ pocket. The vessel is ligated with 4-0 silk, a cut is made in the vessel just distal to the tie and the catheter from the osmotic pump is threaded down stream (approx 2cm) and secured with a second tie. The skin is closed in the same manner as above.
Blood Flow Assessment
Catheter Placement
Two weeks after the ligation surgery the rat underwent a second acute surgery to place indwelling catheters for microsphere measurements. Rats are anesthetized as described above. The animal is clipped, prepped, and EMLA cream is applied to each entry site. First an incision is made longitudinally at the ventral base of the tail using a 10 blade. A tapered PE 50 catheter is inserted approximately 3cm into the ventral tail artery and anchored into place. The end of the catheter is then wrapped around the tail and tunneled SubQ over the back, exiting between the shoulder blades. Following tail artery cannulation, a midline neck incision is made to expose the left carotid artery for occlusive cannulation. A tapered PE 50 catheter is placed 3 cm into the carotid and the distal end is tunneled SubQ, exiting between the shoulder blades. The neck is closed with either skin stables or Vetbond and EMLA cream is applied. The exit site is closed around the catheters with a purse string suture stitch. The ends of the catheters are cauterized shut and the rat is allowed to recover from anesthesia for at least 4 hours.
Treadmill protocol and microsphere measurements
For blood flow measurements, rats are placed onto the treadmill and the catheters are connected to extension tubing via 22 gage male-male connectors. For microsphere withdrawals and blood pressure measurements, the tail artery catheter is connected to a syringe (coated with tween and heparin-), which is " T" Ed to a withdrawal pump and a pressure transducer. The carotid catheter is used for injecting the microspheres. The rat began running at speed 20 m/min and an elevation of 7°. One minute into the run the pump is turned on at a rate of 0.5 ml/min, ten seconds later 0.5 ml (1x106 spheres/mL) of florescent microspheres are infused into the carotid line followed by a 0.5 ml flush over 30 seconds. The pump is set to stop at 90 seconds. The tmill is stopped, the extension lines are replaced and the animal's lines are flushed, and the animal allowed to rest. The syringe and lines are removed from the pump and the reference blood sample is place in a labeled tube for processing. The withdrawal syringe and extension lines are flushed 3 times with 2% tween, waste is flushed the reference blood tube A new syringe and lines are place on the pump and the procedure is repeated with the animal running at a faster speed, (25m/min) and a different microsphere color is injected. At the completion of the second run, the animal is euthanized with 0.3 ml of Buthaneasia.
Tissue Harvesting and Analysis
Following euthanasia, tissues are removed, trimmed, weighed, recorded, and placed in marked tubes for processing. The samples are as follows for both left and right side; Soleus, Plantaris, Gastroc, Red Quads, and Kidneys. Blood samples are digested with 0.75ml of 16 N KOH overnight. Tissue is digested with 5 ml of 4 N KOH overnight. Samples then vacuum filtered using 8-micron polycarbonate filters, and the filter paper is placed in a labeled vial with ImI of 2-ethoxyethyl acetate (2EEA). Following overnight digestion, samples are read using a black popypropolene plate on a fluorometer set on wavelengths 495-506 and 534-552. Exactly 270 ml of sample is pipetted into each well. Any further need for dilutions is noted on the animal's data sheet and corrected for in the raw data fluorescence. Raw data is converted to blood flow in terms of ml/min/lOOg of tissue by the equation ({(Tissue Fluorescence/ Tissue Weight g)/(Reference Blood Fluorescence / Blood withdraw rate mL/min)} * 100 g). Flow values for left and right leg tissues are averaged together to create one value for each animal, as long as even distribution is exhibited between the kidneys.
In this study the VEGF treatment groups had the expected significant improvement in GPS blood flow over the Vehicle control groups. In terms of the hemodynamic data the only significant difference between any of the groups is observed in the blood pressures of the treatment groups. These pressures are actually lower than the VEGF and/or Vehicle groups, suggesting that perfusion pressures to the GPS would also be slightly low. This means that any changes measured in blood flow are real not just a calculation artifact. Blood flows from the SubQ Continuous Infusion, showed a significant improvement in Calf blood flow as compared to vehicle for both doses (5 mg/kg/d and 15 mg/kg/d) of the compound. The data also revealed that the lower dose (5mg/kg/d) did not elicit a maximal VEGF response, suggesting a possible dose dependency with this compound.
The results of this experiment are summarized herein below.
TABLE IX Blood Pressure and Heart Rate
Continuous SubQ Infusion
VEGF Vehicle Low High ANOVA
15
5 mg/kg/d 15 mg/kg/d p Value μg/kg/d
Blood Pressure
Pre-Exercise 146±2.5 141±3.1 132±3.9f 137±4.5 NS
Exercise 156±2.3 151±4.6 142±3.2f 144±4.6 NS
Post-Exercise 149±2.8 148±5.3 135±3.1 133±3.7*| <0.05
Heart Rate
Pre-Exercise 452±29.5 463±18.1 429-U9.8 428±13.5 NS
Exercise 489±10.0 577±15.2 487±10.1 456±13.0 NS
Post-Exercise 476±18.1 468±15.9 465±18.8 462±14.8 NS
N 10 8 10 10
Data expressed as mean ± SE . ANOVA analysis using Tukey's test * significantly different from Vehicle, fsigrύficantly different p<0.05 vs VEGF
TABLE X Blood Flow and Body Weight
Figure imgf000098_0001
VEGF Vehicle Low High ANOVA
15
5 mg/kg/d 15 mg/kg/d p Value μg/kg/d
Blood Flow
During exercise
CaIf(GPS) 76±1.1* 53±1.4 69±2.0*t 75±1.7* O.001
Kidney 296±32.3 248±24.9 318±3O.l 319±37.9 NS
Weights
Initial Body Wt 372±3.6 369±2.7 365-fc4.8 364±4.8 NS
Ending Body
421 ±5.5 411±5.5 413±5.6 409±5.5 NS Wt
N 10 8 9 8
Data expressed as mean ± SE . ANOVA analysis using Tukey's test * significantly different from Vehicle, fsignificantly different p<0.05 vs VEGF
The dimensions and values disclosed herein are not to be understood as being strictly limited to the exact numerical values recited. Instead, unless otherwise specified, each such dimension is intended to mean both the recited value and a functionally equivalent range surrounding that value. For example, a dimension disclosed as "40 mm" is intended to mean "about 40 mm."
All documents cited in the Detailed Description of the Invention are, in relevant part, incorporated herein by reference; the citation of any document is not to be construed as an admission that it is prior art with respect to the present invention. To the extent that any meaning or definition of a term in this document conflicts with any meaning or definition of the same term in a document incorporated by reference, the meaning or definition assigned to that term in this document shall govern.
While particular embodiments of the present disclosure have been illustrated and described, it would be obvious to those skilled in the art that various other changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the disclosure. It is therefore intended to cover in the appended claims all such changes and modifications that are within the scope of this disclosure.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAΪMED IS:
1. A compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000101_0001
wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl unit having the formula:
Figure imgf000101_0002
R4 and R5 are each independently chosen from: i) hydrogen; ii) substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C6 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; iv) substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or
R4 and R5 can be taken together to form a saturated or unsaturated ring having from 5 to
7 atoms; said substitutions are independently chosen from one or more Ci-C6 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, or cyano units;
R6 is a unit chosen from: i) hydrogen; ii) substituted or unsubstituted Cj-C6 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and iv) substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R1 is chosen from: i) hydrogen; ii) CpC6 linear or branched alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; or iv) substituted or unsubstituted benzyl;
R2 is chosen from: i) CJ-C6 linear or branched alkyl; or ii) Ci -C6 linear or branched alkoxy; 22
101
R3 is hydrogen or Ci -C4 linear or branched alkyl.
2. A compound according to Claim 1 , wherein R has the formula:
Figure imgf000102_0001
3. A compound according to Claim 2, wherein R4 and R5 are each hydrogen.
4. A compound according to Claim 2, wherein R5 is hydrogen and R4 is substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl.
5. A compound according to Claim 4, wherein R4 is chosen from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-buty\, n-pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2- methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, cyclopropyl, n-hexyl, and cyclohexyl.
6. A compound according to Claim 4, wherein R4 is chosen from units having the formulae -CH2F, -CHF2, -CF3, -CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CF3, -CH2Cl, -CH2OH, -CH2OCH3, - CH2CH2OH, -CH2CH2OCH3, -CH2NH2, -CH2NHCH3, -CH2N(CH3)2, and - CH2NH(CH2CH3).
7. A compound according to Claim 4, wherein R4 is 2,2-difluorocyclopropyl, 2- methoxycyclohexyl, or 4-chlorocyclohexyl.
8. A compound according to Claim 2, wherein R5 is hydrogen and R4 is substituted or unsubstituted substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
9. A compound according to Claim 8, wherein R4 is chosen from phenyl, 3,4- dimethylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-cyclopropylphenyl, 4-diethylaminophenyl, 4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl, 4-τnethoxyphenyl, 4-(difluoromethoxy)phenyl, 4- (trifluoromethoxy)phenyl, 3-chloropheny, 4-chlorophenyl, and 3,4-dichlorophenyl.
10. A compound according to Claim 2, wherein R is hydrogen and R is substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
11. A compound according to Claim 10, wherein R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl unit, said heteroaryl unit chosen from 1,2,3,4-tetrazol-l-yl , 1,2,3, 4-tetrazol-5- yl, [l,2,3]triazol-4-yl, [l,2,3]triazol-5-yl, [l,2,4]triazol-4-yl, [l,2,4]triazol-5-yl, imidazol- 2-yl, imidazol-4-yl, pyrrol-2-yl, pyrrol-3-yl, oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl, isoxazol-3-yl, isoxazol-4-yl, isoxazol-5-yl, [l,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, [l,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl, [l,3,4]oxadiazol-2-yl, furan-2-yl, furan-3-yl, thiophene-2-yl, thiophene-3-yl, isothiazol- 3-yl, isothiazol-4-yl, isothiazol-5-yl, thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl, [l,2,4]thiadiazol-3-yl, [l,2,4]thiadiazol-5-yl, and [l,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl.
12. A compound according to Claim 11 , wherein R4 is chosen from furan-2-yl, thiophene-2- yl, 5-chlorothiophene-2-yl, and 5-methylthiophene-2-yl.
13. A compound according to Claim 1 , wherein R is a unit wherein R4 and R5 are taken together to form a saturated or unsaturated ring having from 5 to 7 atoms.
14. A compound according to Claim 13, wherein R is 5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[eT]thiazol- 2-yl or 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo(/f|thiazol-2-yl.
15. A compound according to Claim 1, wherein R units have the formula
Figure imgf000103_0001
16. A compound according to Claim 15, wherein R6 is hydrogen.
17. A compound according to Claim 15, wherein R6 is chosen from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, 5ec-butyl, iso-butyi, and
18. A compound according to Claim 15, wherein R6 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
19. A compound according to Claim 18, wherein R6 is chosen from include phenyl, 2- fluorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 3- chlorophenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4- methylphenyl, and 4-methoxyphenyl.
20. A compound according to Claim 15, wherein R6 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl unit, said heteroaryl unit chosen from 1,2,3,4-tetrazol-l-yl ,l,2,3,4-tetrazol-5- yl, [l,2,3]triazol-4-yl, [l,2,3]triazol-5-yl, [l,2,4]triazol-4-yl, [l,2,4]triazol-5-yl, imidazol- 2-yl, imidazol-4-yl, pyrrol-2-yl, pyrrol-3-yl, oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl, isoxazol-3-yl, isoxazol-4-yl, isoxazol-5-yl, [l,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, [l,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl, [l,3,4]oxadiazol-2-yl, furan-2-yl, furan-3-yl, thiophene-2-yl, thiophene-3-yl, isothiazol- 3-yl, isothiazol-4-yl, isothiazol-5-yl, thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl, [l,2,4]thiadiazol-3-yl, [l,2,4]thiadiazol-5-yl, and [l,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl.
21. A compound according to Claim 20, wherein R6 is chosen from thiophene-2-yl, thiophene-3-yl, thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl, 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl, 2,4- dimethylthiazol-5-yl, 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl, oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl, and 3- methyl-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl.
22. A compound according to Claim 15, wherein R6 has the formula:
Figure imgf000104_0001
R7 is Ci-C4 substituted or unsubstituted alkyl and substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
23. A compound according to Claim 22, wherein R6 is 4-chlorobenzenesulfonylmethyl or terf-butylsulfonylmethyl.
24. A compound according to Claim 1, wherein R1 is hydrogen.
25. A compound according to Claim 1, wherein R1 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or benzyl.
25. A compound according to Claim 25, wherein R1 is benzyl.
26. A compound according to Claim 1, wherein R1 is Ci-C6 linear or branched alkyl.
27. A compound according to Claim 26, wherein R1 is iso-propyl.
28. A compound according to Claim 1, wherein R2 is a Ci-C6 linear or branched alkoxy unit having the formula:
-OR8 wherein R8 is a Ci-C6 linear or branched alkyl unit chosen from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, wø-butyl, tert-buty\, n-pentyl, or n-hexyl.
29. A compound according to Claim 28, wherein Rs is methyl, ethyl, or tert-butyl.
30. A compound according to Claim 1, wherein R2 is a Ci-C6 linear or branched alkyl unit.
31. A compound according to Claim 1, wherein R3 is hydrogen or methyl.
32. A compound according to Claim 31 , wherein R3 is hydrogen.
33. A compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000105_0001
wherein R2 is chosen from: i) Ci-C6 linear or branched alkyl; or ii) Ci-C6 linear or branched alkoxy;
R4 and R5 are each independently chosen from: i) hydrogen; ii) substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C6 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; iv) substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or
R4 and R5 can be taken together to form a saturated or unsaturated ring having from 5 to
7 atoms.
34. A compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000106_0001
wherein R is chosen from: i) Ci-C6 linear or branched alkyl; or ii) Ci-C6 linear or branched alkoxy;
R6 is chosen from: i) hydrogen; ii) substituted or unsubstituted Q-C6 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and iv) substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
35. A compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000106_0002
wherein R2 is chosen from: i) Ci-C6 linear or branched alkyl; or ii) C i -C6 linear or branched alkoxy; R4 and R5 are each independently chosen from: i) hydrogen; ii) substituted or unsubstituted Cj-C6 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; iv) substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or
R4 and R5 can be taken together to form a saturated or unsaturated ring having from 5 to
7 atoms.
36. A compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000107_0001
wherein R2 is chosen from: i) C1-C6 linear or branched alkyl; or ii) C 1-C6 linear or branched alkoxy;
R6 is chosen from: i) hydrogen; ii) substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cβ linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and iv) substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
37. A compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000107_0002
wherein R2 is chosen from: i) Ci-C6 linear or branched alkyl; or ii) Ci-C6 linear or branched alkoxy;
R4 and R5 are each independently chosen from: i) hydrogen; ii) substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C6 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; iv) substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or
R4 and R5 can be taken together to form a saturated or unsaturated ring having from 5 to
7 atoms.
38. A compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000108_0001
wherein R2 is chosen from: i) Ci-C6 linear or branched alkyl; or ii) CI-CO linear or branched alkoxy;
R6 is chosen from: i) hydrogen; ii) substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C6 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and iv) substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
39. A compound chosen from;
4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(rerϊ-Butoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; -{(5)-2-[(i?)-2-(ter^-Butoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl}phenylsυlfamic acid; { 1 -[ 1 -(5-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-(5)-2-(4-sulfoaminophenyl)ethylcarbamoyl]-(-5)-2- phenylethyl} methyl carbamic acid tert-bvtiy\ ester; {(5)-2-Phenyl- 1 -[ 1 -(2-ρhenylthiazol-2-yl)-(S)-2-(4-sulfoaminophenyl)ethyl- carbamoyl]ethyl} carbamic acid fert-butyl ester 4-{(5)-2-(,S)-2-(te^-Butoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropaneamido-2-(2-phenylthiazole-4- yl)}phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(S)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(.S>2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido] ethyl }phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(thiazol-2- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4-methylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl} phenyl sulfamic acid; 4-{(5)-2-[(.S)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4-propylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(5)-2-(4-ϊert-Butylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(S)-2-(4-Cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(5)-2-(4-Cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenyl- propanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(5)-2-(4,5-Dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5')-2-(inethoxycarbonyl)-3-phenyl- propanamido] ethyl } phenyl sulfami c acid;
4-{(S)-2-(4-Ethyl-5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenyl- propanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(5)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylρropanamido]-2-[4-(2,2,2- trifluoroethyl)thiazol-2-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; 4- {(5)-2- [(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3 -phenylpropanamido)-2-[4-(3 ,3 ,3 - trifluoropropyl)thiazol-2-yl]ethyl} phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(5)-2-[4-(2,2-Difluorocycloρroρyl)thiazol-2-yl]-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; -{(iS)-2-[(iS)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[4-(methoxy- methyl)thiazol-2-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; -{(5)-2-(4-(Ethoxycarbonyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido] ethyl } phenylsulfamic acid ; -{(S)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(5-phenylthiazol-2- yl))ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; -{(5)-2-(4-itert-Butylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenyl- propanamido] ethyl }phenylsulfamic acid; -{(5)-2-(4-Ethyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenyl- propanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; -{(5)-2-[4-(3,4-Dimethylphenyl)thiazol-2-yl]-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; -{(S)-2-[4-(4-Chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl]-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanaτnido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; -{(S)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4-phenylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; -{(S)-2-[(jS)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-
2-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; -{(5)-2-[(iS)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[4-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-
2-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; -{(5)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbinyl)-3-phenylpropion- amido]ethyl}ρhenylsulfamic acid; -{(5)-2-(5,6-Dihydro-4//-cyclopenta[«flthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxy-carbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido] ethyl } phenylsulfamic acid; -{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4,5,6,7- tetrahydrobenzo[cTlthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; -{(5)-2-[4-(5-Chlorothiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl]-2-[(.S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; -{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Ethoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; -{(5)-2-[(iS)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl) ethyl} phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(2-methylthiazol-4- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(S)-2-(2-Ethylthiazole-4-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylproρan- amido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(5)-2-(2-Isopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-[(iS)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropan- amido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(»S)-2-(2-Cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-[(-5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido] ethyl }phenylsulfamic acid; 4- {(S)-2- {2-[(4-Chlorophenylsulfonyl)methyl]thiazol-4-yl} -2-[(S)-2-(methoxy- carbonyty-S-phenylpropanamidojethyljphenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(S)-2-[2-(tert-Butylsulfonylmethyl)thiazol-4-yl]-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(-Sr)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropionamido]-2-(2-phenylthiazole-4- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(-S)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-
4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(5)-2-[2-(3-Chlorothiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]ethyl }phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(5)-2-[(-S)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2-(3-methylthiophen-2- yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{[(S)-2-(2-(Furan-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3- phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(5)-2-[(1S)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2-(2-methylthiazole-4- yl)thiazole-4yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(5)-2-[(iS)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(2-pyrazine-2-yl)thiazole-
4-yl}phenylsulfamic acid; and 4-{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2-(6-methylpyridin-3- yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid.
40. A compound chosen from:
4-[(5)-2-((iS)-2-Acetamido-3-phenylρropanamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid ; 4-[(S)-2-((5)-2-Acetamido-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-(4-fe/-f-butylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(5)-2-((5)-2-Acetamido-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-[4-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2- yl]ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(terf-Butoxycarbonyl)-3-methylbutanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; (,S)-4-{2-[2-(terf-Butoxycarbonyl)acetamide]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenyl- sulfamic acid; (5)-4-{2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[2-(methoxycarbonyl)acetamido]ethyl}phenyl-sulfainic acid; 4-{(5)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-methylbutanamido]- ethyl }phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(5)-2-[(5')-2-(te^-Butoxycarbonyl)-4-methylpentanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2- yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(-S)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(5)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-4-methylpentan- amido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; 4-((5)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-{(S)-2-[2-(methoxycarbonyl)acetamide]-3- phenylpropanamido} ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(5)-2-[(S)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-4-methylpentanamido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2- yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; 4-{(5)-2-[(5)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-4-methylpentanaraido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-
4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; and (5)-4-{2-[2-(ter?-Butoxycarbonyl)acetamide]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}- phenylsulfamic acid.
41. A compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000112_0001
wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl unit having the formula:
Figure imgf000113_0001
R4 and R5 are each independently chosen from: i) hydrogen; ii) substituted or unsubstituted C)-C6 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; iv) substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or
R4 and R5 can be taken together to form a saturated or unsaturated ring having from 5 to
7 atoms; said substitutions are independently chosen from one or more Ci-C6 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, or cyano units;
R6 is a unit chosen from: i) hydrogen; ii) substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C6 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and iv) substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl ;
R1 is chosen from: i) hydrogen; ii) C i -C6 linear or branched alkyl ; iii) substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; or iv) substituted or unsubstituted benzyl;
R2 is chosen from: i) CI-CO linear or branched alkyl; or ii) Ci -Ce linear or branched alkoxy;
R3 is hydrogen or C1-C4 linear or branched alkyl.
42. A compound chosen from:
[l-(5)-(Phenylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-sulfoaminophenyl)ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-buty\ ester; (5)-4-(2-(4-Methylthiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenyl sulfamic acid; ^5>4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazole-2-yl)-2-pivalamideoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid; (S)-N-(I -(4-Hydroxymethyl)thiazole-2-yl)-2pi valamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid; (S>4-(2-(4-Ethoxycarbonyl)thiazole-2-yl)-2-pivalamideoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid; C5>4-(2-(4-Phenylthiazole-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid; 4-((S)-2-(4-(3-Methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid; N-((5)-l-(4-(4-Chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl)pivalamide; 4-((_5)-2-(4-(3 -methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid ; 4-((»S)-2-(4-(2,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenyl-sulfamic acid;
(5)-4-(2-(4-benzylthiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid; (S)-4-(2-Pivalamido-2-(4-(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid; (S)-4-(2-(4-(3-Methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalainidoethyl)phenylsulfaτnic acid; 4-((5)-2-(4-(2,3-Dihydrobenzo[b][l,4]dioxin-6-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-2- pivalamidoethyOphenylsulfamic acid;
(S)-4-(2-(5-Methyl-4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid; (_S)-4-(2-(4-(4-Biphenyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid; (5)-4-(2-terϊ-Butoxycarbonyl-2-(2-raethylthaizole-4-yl)-phenylsulfamic acid (S)-4-(2-(terf-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(4-propylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid; (S)-4-(2-(te/-t-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid; (5)-4-(2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(4-(methoxymethyl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid;
(S)-tert-BvΛy\ 2-(4-nitrophenyl)-l-(4-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)ethylcarbamate; (lS).4_(2-?e^-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(4-(2-hydroxymethyl)thiazole-2 yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid;
(S;-4-(2-terϊ-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(4-(2-ethoxy-2-oxoethyl)-thiazole-2-yl)-ethyl) phenylsulfamic acid; (iS)-4-(2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(4-(2-(2-methoxy-2-oxoyethyl amino)-2- oxoethyl)thiazole-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid;
(-S)-4-(2-(ter?-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(2-pivalamidothiazole-4-yl)ethyl)phenyl-sulfamic acid; (5)-4-(2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(5-phenylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid; 4-((,S)-2-(terf-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(4-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)- phenyl sulfamic acid;
(5)-4-(2-(.ert-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(5-phenylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid; (5)-{4-[2,2-Dimethyl-propionylamino)-2-(2-phenyl-thiazole-4-yl)ethyl]phenyl}-sulfamic acid; 007/014822
114
fS>4-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(4-phenyl)-2-(4-phenylthiazole-2-yl)-ethyl)- phenylsulfamic acid; (5,S)-2-(2-{2-[l-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-2-(4-sulfoamino-phenyl)-ethyl]-thiazole-4- yl}-acetylamino-3 -phenyl-propionic acid methyl ester; (<S)-[l-{l-Oxo-4-[2-(l-phenyl-lH-tetrazole-5-sulfonylethyl]-lH-lλ4-thiazole-2-yl}-2-(4- sulfamino-phenyl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid
Figure imgf000115_0001
ester; 4-((-S)- 2-(feri;-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(4-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenyl sulfamic acid;
(5)-4-(2-(Benzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)-2-(fert-butoxycarbonyl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid; and (JS)-4-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonyl-2-(2-methylthaizole-4-yl)-phenylsulfamic acid.
43. A pharmaceutical composition comprising:
A) one or more compounds according to Claim 1 ; and
B) one or more excipients or carriers.
44. A method for treating a disease chosen from a disorder chosen from diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, cancer, sickle cell anemia, sarcoid, syphilis, pseudoxanthoma elasticum, Paget's disease, vein occlusion, artery occlusion, carotid obstructive disease, chronic uveitis/vitritis, mycobacterial infections, Lyme's disease, systemic lupus erythematosis, retinopathy of prematurity, Eales' disease, Behcet's disease, infections causing a retinitis or choroiditis, presumed ocular histoplasmosis, Best's disease, myopia, optic pits, Stargardt's disease, pars planitis, chronic retinal detachment, hyperviscosity syndrome, toxoplasmosis, trauma and post-laser complications, diseases associated with rubeosis, and proliferative vitreoretinopathy comprising administering to a human a compound according to Claim 1.
45. A method for treating a disease chosen from a disorder chosen from Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis, psoriasis, sarcoidosis, rheumatoid arthritis, hemangiomas, Osler- Weber-Rendu disease, or hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia, solid or blood borne tumors and acquired immune deficiency syndrome comprising administering to a human a compound according to Claim 1.
46. A method for treating a disease chosen from a disorder chosen from skeletal muscle and myocardial ischemia, stroke, coronary artery disease, peripheral vascular disease, coronary artery disease comprising administering to a human a compound according to Claim 1.
47. A method for regulating angiogenesis in a human comprising administering to a human a compound according to Claim 1.
48. A method for vascularizing ischemic tissue in a human comprising administering to a human a compound according to Claim 1.
49. A method for promoting the growth of skin graft replacements comprising administering to a human a compound according to Claim 1.
50. A method for promoting tissue repair in the context of guided tissue regeneration (GTR) procedures comprising administering to a human a compound according to Claim 1.
51. A compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000116_0001
wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl unit having the formula:
Figure imgf000116_0002
R2 is chosen from: i) Ci-C6 linear or branched alkyl; or ii) C 1-C6 linear or branched alkoxy;
R4 and R5 are each independently chosen from: i) hydrogen; ii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; iv) substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or
R4 and R5 can be taken together to form a saturated or unsaturated ring having from 5 to
7 atoms.
52. A pharmaceutical composition comprising:
A) one or more compounds according to any of Claims 33-38 and 51 ; and
B) one or more excipients or carriers.
53. A method for treating a disease chosen from a disorder chosen from diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, cancer, sickle cell anemia, sarcoid, syphilis, pseudoxanthoma elasticum, Paget's disease, vein occlusion, artery occlusion, carotid obstructive disease, chronic uveitis/vitritis, mycobacterial infections, Lyme's disease, systemic lupus erythematosis, retinopathy of prematurity, Eales' disease, Behcet's disease, infections causing a retinitis or choroiditis, presumed ocular histoplasmosis, Best's disease, myopia, optic pits, Stargardt's disease, pars planitis, chronic retinal detachment, hyperviscosity syndrome, toxoplasmosis, trauma and post-laser complications, diseases associated with rubeosis, and proliferative vitreoretinopathy comprising administering to a human a compound according to any of Claims 33-38 and 51.
54. A method for treating a disease chosen from a disorder chosen from Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis, psoriasis, sarcoidosis, rheumatoid arthritis, hemangiomas, Osler- Weber-Rendu disease, or hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia, solid or blood borne tumors and acquired immune deficiency syndrome comprising administering to a human a compound according to any of Claims 33-38 and 51.
55. A method for treating a disease chosen from a disorder chosen from skeletal muscle and myocardial ischemia, stroke, coronary artery disease, peripheral vascular disease, coronary artery disease comprising administering to a human a compound according to any of Claims 33-38 and 51.
56. A method for regulating angiogenesis in a human comprising administering to a human a compound according to any of Claims 33-38 and 51.
57. A method for vascularizing ischemic tissue in a human comprising administering to a human a compound according to any of Claims 33-38 and 51.
58. A method for promoting the growth of skin graft replacements comprising administering to a human a compound according to any of Claims 33-38 and 51.
59. A method for promoting tissue repair in the context of guided tissue regeneration (GTR) procedures comprising administering to a human a compound according to any of Claims 33-38 and 51.
60. A compound according to any of Claims 1, 33-38 and 51, wherein the compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable of either basic groups or acid groups.
61. A compound according to Claim 60, wherein the compounds are salts comprising anions chosen from chloride, bromide, iodide, sulfate, bisulfate, carbonate, bicarbonate, phosphate, formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate, pyruvate, lactate, oxalate, malonate, maleate, succinate, tartrate, fumarate, and citrate.
62. A compound according to Claim 60, wherein the compounds are salts comprising cations chosen from sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and bismuth.
PCT/US2007/014822 2006-06-27 2007-06-27 Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use WO2008002569A2 (en)

Priority Applications (17)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
NZ574407A NZ574407A (en) 2006-06-27 2007-06-27 Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
MX2009000288A MX2009000288A (en) 2006-06-27 2007-06-27 Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use.
EP17191765.1A EP3323815B8 (en) 2006-06-27 2007-06-27 Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
EP07809907.4A EP2041102B1 (en) 2006-06-27 2007-06-27 Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
CN2007800309390A CN101506183B (en) 2006-06-27 2007-06-27 Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
KR1020097001678A KR101155365B1 (en) 2006-06-27 2007-06-27 Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
PL07809907T PL2041102T3 (en) 2006-06-27 2007-06-27 Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
AU2007265453A AU2007265453B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2007-06-27 Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
CA2657096A CA2657096C (en) 2006-06-27 2007-06-27 Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
JP2009518226A JP5232778B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2007-06-27 Human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta inhibitors and methods of use
ES07809907.4T ES2525429T3 (en) 2006-06-27 2007-06-27 Human tyrosine phosphatase protein inhibitors and methods of use
SI200731567T SI2041102T1 (en) 2006-06-27 2007-06-27 Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
BRPI0713570-0A BRPI0713570A2 (en) 2006-06-27 2007-06-27 human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
DK07809907.4T DK2041102T3 (en) 2006-06-27 2007-06-27 Inhibitors of human protein tyrosine phosphatase and methods of use
PL17191765T PL3323815T3 (en) 2006-06-27 2007-06-27 Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
IL196128A IL196128A (en) 2006-06-27 2008-12-23 Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors, compositions comprising such compounds and uses thereof in the preparation of medicaments for regulating angiogenesis
HK09108319.8A HK1129386A1 (en) 2006-06-27 2009-09-10 Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US81673006P 2006-06-27 2006-06-27
US60/816,730 2006-06-27

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008002569A2 true WO2008002569A2 (en) 2008-01-03
WO2008002569A3 WO2008002569A3 (en) 2008-02-14

Family

ID=38704713

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2007/014822 WO2008002569A2 (en) 2006-06-27 2007-06-27 Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use

Country Status (21)

Country Link
US (13) US7622593B2 (en)
EP (3) EP2041102B1 (en)
JP (2) JP5232778B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101155365B1 (en)
CN (1) CN101506183B (en)
AU (1) AU2007265453B2 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0713570A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2657096C (en)
CO (1) CO6150144A2 (en)
DK (3) DK3323815T3 (en)
ES (3) ES2650598T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1129386A1 (en)
IL (1) IL196128A (en)
MX (1) MX2009000288A (en)
NZ (1) NZ574407A (en)
PL (3) PL3323815T3 (en)
PT (3) PT2592072T (en)
RU (1) RU2447065C2 (en)
SI (1) SI2041102T1 (en)
WO (1) WO2008002569A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200900559B (en)

Cited By (19)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010081172A1 (en) 2009-01-12 2010-07-15 Akebia Therapeutics Inc. Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome
US7973142B2 (en) 2006-04-07 2011-07-05 Warner Chilcott Company Antibodies that bind human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTPβ)
CN102365024A (en) * 2009-07-06 2012-02-29 阿克比治疗有限公司 Compounds, compositions, and methods for preventing metastasis of cancer cells
WO2012047966A3 (en) * 2010-10-07 2012-06-28 Akebia Therapeutics Inc. Compositions and methods for treating ocular edema, neovascularization and related diseases
US9096555B2 (en) * 2009-01-12 2015-08-04 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome
US9126958B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2015-09-08 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
AU2014202211B2 (en) * 2009-01-12 2016-06-02 EyePoint Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome
US9388135B2 (en) 2014-02-19 2016-07-12 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Process for preparing N-benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-substituted-pyridin-2-(1H)-ones
US9440963B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-09-13 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions, formulations and methods for treating ocular diseases
US9539245B2 (en) 2014-08-07 2017-01-10 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Combination of immunotherapies with activators of Tie-2
US9540326B2 (en) 2009-11-06 2017-01-10 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
US9994560B2 (en) 2014-03-14 2018-06-12 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. HPTP-β inhibitors
AU2016203254B2 (en) * 2009-01-12 2018-09-13 EyePoint Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome
US10150811B2 (en) 2011-10-13 2018-12-11 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome and cancer
US10220048B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-03-05 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases
US10253094B2 (en) 2016-07-20 2019-04-09 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Antibodies that target human protein tyrosine phosphatase-beta (HPTP-beta) and methods of use thereof to treat ocular conditions
EP3352856A4 (en) * 2015-09-23 2019-05-01 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of treating intraocular pressure with activators of tie-2
US10329357B2 (en) 2011-10-13 2019-06-25 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Treatment of ocular disease
US11253502B2 (en) 2019-04-29 2022-02-22 EyePoint Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tie-2 activators targeting the Schlemm's canal

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7226755B1 (en) * 2002-09-25 2007-06-05 The Procter & Gamble Company HPTPbeta as a target in treatment of angiogenesis mediated disorders
US7507568B2 (en) * 2002-09-25 2009-03-24 The Proctor & Gamble Company Three dimensional coordinates of HPTPbeta
US7795444B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2010-09-14 Warner Chilcott Company Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US7589212B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2009-09-15 Procter & Gamble Company Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US8846685B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2014-09-30 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc. Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US8883832B2 (en) 2009-07-06 2014-11-11 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc. Compounds, compositions, and methods for preventing metastasis of cancer cells
CN103153970A (en) * 2010-04-15 2013-06-12 诺瓦提斯公司 Oxazole And Thiazole Compounds As Ksp Inhibitors
US20180092883A1 (en) * 2010-10-07 2018-04-05 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Phosphatase inhibitors for treating ocular diseases
CN102408417B (en) * 2011-09-26 2015-03-11 上海交通大学 2-substituted vinylsulfonate compound and preparation method and use thereof
CN106986836A (en) * 2017-04-26 2017-07-28 毛阿龙 The preparation method of novel techykinin antagonist with antibacterial activity
CN113164597A (en) 2018-09-24 2021-07-23 爱尔皮奥制药公司 Multispecific antibodies targeting HPTP-beta (VE-PTP) and VEGF
GB2589400A (en) 2019-06-24 2021-06-02 Aerpio Pharmaceuticals Inc Formulations of tie-2 activators and methods of use thereof
US11613534B2 (en) 2019-10-29 2023-03-28 EyePoint Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Small molecule activators of Tie-2

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040167183A1 (en) 2003-02-20 2004-08-26 The Procter & Gamble Company Phenethylamino sulfamic acids

Family Cites Families (106)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4673641A (en) * 1982-12-16 1987-06-16 Molecular Genetics Research And Development Limited Partnership Co-aggregate purification of proteins
US5378803A (en) * 1987-12-11 1995-01-03 Sterling Winthrop Inc. Azole-fused peptides and processes for preparation thereof
US5530101A (en) * 1988-12-28 1996-06-25 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
DE69332197T2 (en) * 1992-03-13 2003-04-17 Organon Teknika Bv Epstein-Barr virus related peptides and nucleic acid segments
WO1993023075A1 (en) 1992-05-14 1993-11-25 Oncologix, Inc. Treatment of vascular leakage syndrome and collagenase induced disease by administration of matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors
US5770565A (en) * 1994-04-13 1998-06-23 La Jolla Cancer Research Center Peptides for reducing or inhibiting bone resorption
US5688781A (en) 1994-08-19 1997-11-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Method for treating vascular leak syndrome
DK0833934T4 (en) * 1995-06-15 2012-11-19 Crucell Holland Bv Packaging systems for human recombinant adenovirus for use in gene therapy
US20030040463A1 (en) 1996-04-05 2003-02-27 Wiegand Stanley J. TIE-2 ligands, methods of making and uses thereof
AU5154098A (en) 1996-10-31 1998-05-22 Duke University Soluble tie2 receptor
ATE223928T1 (en) * 1998-02-19 2002-09-15 Ortho Mcneil Pharm Inc AZOLE PEPTIDOMIMMETIC COMPOUNDS AS THROMBIN RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS
US5919813C1 (en) 1998-03-13 2002-01-29 Univ Johns Hopkins Med Use of a protein tyrosine kinase pathway inhibitor in the treatment of diabetic retinopathy
US5980929A (en) 1998-03-13 1999-11-09 Johns Hopkins University, School Of Medicine Use of a protein tyrosine kinase pathway inhibitor in the treatment of retinal ischmemia or ocular inflammation
AR022303A1 (en) 1999-01-22 2002-09-04 Lundbeck & Co As H DERIVATIVES OF PIPERIDINE, TETRAHYDROPIRIDINE AND PIPERAZINE, ITS PREPARATION AND USE
DK1165115T3 (en) 1999-03-26 2003-09-22 Regeneron Pharma Modulation of vascular permeability by TIE2 receptor activators
US6455035B1 (en) 1999-03-26 2002-09-24 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Angiopoietins and methods of use thereof
EP1046715A1 (en) 1999-04-23 2000-10-25 Max-Planck-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. Interaction of vascular-endothelial protein-tyrosine phosphatase with the angiopoietin receptor tie-2
AU5062500A (en) 1999-04-26 2000-11-10 Amersham Pharmacia Biotech Ab Primers for identifying typing or classifying nucleic acids
JP4926320B2 (en) * 1999-04-28 2012-05-09 ボード・オブ・リージエンツ，ザ・ユニバーシテイ・オブ・テキサス・システム Compositions and methods for cancer treatment by selective inhibition of VEGF
AU5147700A (en) * 1999-05-19 2000-12-05 Amgen, Inc. Crystal of a lymphocyte kinase-ligand complex and methods of use
AU775625B2 (en) * 1999-08-27 2004-08-05 Sugen, Inc. Phosphate mimics and methods of treatment using phosphatase inhibitors
US6589758B1 (en) * 2000-05-19 2003-07-08 Amgen Inc. Crystal of a kinase-ligand complex and methods of use
DE60128685T2 (en) 2000-06-23 2009-03-05 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft COMPOSITIONS INTERFERING TO VEGF / VEGF AND ANGIOPOIETIN / TIE RECEPTOR FUNCTIONS
ATE360620T1 (en) * 2000-08-01 2007-05-15 Sod Conseils Rech Applic IMIDAZOLE DERIVATIVES
EP1409540A2 (en) 2000-09-27 2004-04-21 The Procter & Gamble Company Melanocortin receptor ligands
US7052695B2 (en) 2001-10-25 2006-05-30 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Angiopoietins and methods of treating hypertension
CN100430052C (en) * 2002-03-05 2008-11-05 默克弗罗斯特加拿大有限公司 Cathepsin cysteine protease inhibitors
WO2003084565A2 (en) 2002-04-08 2003-10-16 MAX-PLANCK-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. Ve-ptp as regulator of ve-cadherin mediated processes or disorders
RU2376029C2 (en) 2002-04-25 2009-12-20 Юниверсити Оф Коннектикут Хелт Сентер Application of heat shock proteins for improvement of therapeutical effect of non-vaccinal medicinal effect
US7507568B2 (en) * 2002-09-25 2009-03-24 The Proctor & Gamble Company Three dimensional coordinates of HPTPbeta
US7226755B1 (en) * 2002-09-25 2007-06-05 The Procter & Gamble Company HPTPbeta as a target in treatment of angiogenesis mediated disorders
US20050282814A1 (en) 2002-10-03 2005-12-22 Targegen, Inc. Vasculostatic agents and methods of use thereof
US6946479B2 (en) 2002-11-09 2005-09-20 The Procter & Gamble Company N-sulfonyl-4-methyleneamino-3-hydroxy-2-pyridones
US6930117B2 (en) 2002-11-09 2005-08-16 The Procter & Gamble Company N-alkyl-4-methyleneamino-3-hydroxy-2-pyridones
US20040186151A1 (en) * 2003-02-12 2004-09-23 Mjalli Adnan M.M. Substituted azole derivatives as therapeutic agents
US20040242676A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-12-02 Alessi Thomas R. Method of mitigating the adverse effects of IL-2
AR046510A1 (en) 2003-07-25 2005-12-14 Regeneron Pharma COMPOSITION OF A VEGF ANTAGONIST AND AN ANTI-PROLIFERATIVE AGENT
US8298532B2 (en) 2004-01-16 2012-10-30 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fusion polypeptides capable of activating receptors
RS55122B1 (en) 2004-03-15 2016-12-30 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Opioid receptor modulators
US7771742B2 (en) 2004-04-30 2010-08-10 Allergan, Inc. Sustained release intraocular implants containing tyrosine kinase inhibitors and related methods
EP1771474B1 (en) 2004-07-20 2010-01-27 Genentech, Inc. Inhibitors of angiopoietin-like 4 protein, combinations, and their use
WO2006035319A2 (en) 2004-09-28 2006-04-06 Genexel-Sein, Inc. Methods of using chimeric coiled-coil molecule
MX2007007484A (en) 2004-12-21 2007-07-20 Astrazeneca Ab Antibodies directed to angiopoietin-2 and uses thereof.
JO2787B1 (en) 2005-04-27 2014-03-15 امجين إنك, Substituted Amid derivatives & methods of use
US7893040B2 (en) 2005-07-22 2011-02-22 Oculis Ehf Cyclodextrin nanotechnology for ophthalmic drug delivery
KR200400225Y1 (en) 2005-08-02 2005-11-03 김기룡 Traffic board assembly
WO2007033216A2 (en) 2005-09-12 2007-03-22 Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center Methods and compositions for the treatment and diagnosis of diseases characterized by vascular leak, hypotension, or a procoagulant state
US8168584B2 (en) 2005-10-08 2012-05-01 Potentia Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating age-related macular degeneration by compstatin and analogs thereof
BRPI0619853A2 (en) 2005-12-15 2016-08-23 Astrazeneca Ab combination, pharmaceutical composition, and methods of antagonizing biological activity, treating disease-related angiogenesis in a mammal, and treating cancer in a mammal
US7588924B2 (en) * 2006-03-07 2009-09-15 Procter & Gamble Company Crystal of hypoxia inducible factor 1 alpha prolyl hydroxylase
DK2596807T3 (en) 2006-03-08 2016-03-07 Archemix Llc Complement aptamer AND ANTI-C5 FUNDS FOR USE IN THE TREATMENT OF EYE DISEASES
CA2647282A1 (en) 2006-04-05 2007-10-11 Pfizer Products Inc. Ctla4 antibody combination therapy
BRPI0710645A2 (en) 2006-04-07 2012-03-20 The Procter & Gamble Company ANTIBODIES BINDING TO HUMAN PROTEIN TYROSINE PHOSPHATASE BETA (HPTPBETA) AND USES OF THE SAME
ZA200807978B (en) 2006-04-07 2009-08-26 Procter & Gamble Antibodies that bind human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTPBETA) and uses thereof
CN101506180B (en) 2006-06-27 2013-10-30 艾尔普罗医疗有限公司 Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US8846685B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2014-09-30 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc. Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US7622593B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2009-11-24 The Procter & Gamble Company Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US7589212B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2009-09-15 Procter & Gamble Company Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US20130023542A1 (en) 2006-06-27 2013-01-24 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc. Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US7795444B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2010-09-14 Warner Chilcott Company Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
RU2435763C2 (en) 2006-06-27 2011-12-10 Дзе Проктер Энд Гэмбл Компани Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and application methods thereof
PT2076290T (en) 2006-10-27 2017-01-17 Sunnybrook Health Sciences Center Multimeric tie 2 agonists and uses thereof in stimulating angiogenesis
US8637528B2 (en) 2007-03-27 2014-01-28 Omeros Corporation Use of PDE7 inhibitors for the treatment of movement disorders
US8642067B2 (en) 2007-04-02 2014-02-04 Allergen, Inc. Methods and compositions for intraocular administration to treat ocular conditions
US11078262B2 (en) 2007-04-30 2021-08-03 Allergan, Inc. High viscosity macromolecular compositions for treating ocular conditions
WO2009105774A2 (en) 2008-02-21 2009-08-27 Sequoia Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Amino acid inhibitors of cytochrome p450
US9096555B2 (en) 2009-01-12 2015-08-04 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome
RU2014146121A (en) 2009-01-12 2015-06-10 Аэрпио Терапьютикс Инк. METHODS FOR TREATING VASCULAR LEAF SYNDROME
US20100226992A1 (en) 2009-03-03 2010-09-09 Alcon Research, Ltd. Pharmaceutical Composition for Delivery of Receptor Tyrosine Kinase Inhibiting (RTKi) Compounds to the Eye
ES2508290T3 (en) 2009-03-03 2014-10-16 Alcon Research, Ltd. Pharmaceutical composition for the administration of tyrosine kinase receptor inhibition compounds (RTKI) to the eye
US8883832B2 (en) 2009-07-06 2014-11-11 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc. Compounds, compositions, and methods for preventing metastasis of cancer cells
ES2726946T3 (en) 2009-07-06 2019-10-10 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc Benzosulfonamide derivatives, compositions thereof and their use in the prevention of cancer cell metastasis
KR101483831B1 (en) 2009-11-06 2015-01-21 에르피오 세러퓨틱스 인코포레이티드 Compositions and methods for treating colitis
KR20130045341A (en) 2010-07-12 2013-05-03 쓰레솔드 파마슈티컬스, 인코포레이티드 Administration of hypoxia activated prodrugs and antiangiogenic agents for the treatment of cancer
JP2013539756A (en) 2010-10-07 2013-10-28 アエルピオ セラピューティックス インコーポレイテッド Compositions and methods for treating ocular edema, angiogenesis and related diseases
KR20140009278A (en) 2010-12-02 2014-01-22 마루젠세이야쿠 가부시키가이샤 Tie2 activator, vascular endothelial growth factor (vegf) inhibitor, antiangiogenic agent, agent for maturing blood vessels, agent for normalizing blood vessels, agent for stabilizing blood vessels, and pharmaceutical composition
EP3501536A1 (en) 2011-10-13 2019-06-26 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Treatment of ocular disease
CN104039351A (en) 2011-10-13 2014-09-10 阿尔皮奥治疗学股份有限公司 Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome and cancer
US20130190324A1 (en) 2011-12-23 2013-07-25 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate Topical ocular drug delivery
CA2870341A1 (en) 2012-04-13 2013-10-17 The Johns Hopkins University Treatment of ischemic retinopathies
MX360824B (en) 2012-07-31 2018-11-15 Univ Texas Methods and compositions for in vivo induction of pancreatic beta cell formation.
WO2014056923A1 (en) 2012-10-11 2014-04-17 Ascendis Pharma Ophthalmology Division A/S Vegf neutralizing prodrugs for the treatment of ocular conditions
US20150258120A1 (en) 2012-11-08 2015-09-17 Clearside Biomedical, Inc. Methods and devices for the treatment of ocular diseases in human subjects
WO2014079709A1 (en) 2012-11-23 2014-05-30 Ab Science Use of small molecule inhibitors/activators in combination with (deoxy)nucleoside or (deoxy)nucleotide analogs for treatment of cancer and hematological malignancies or viral infections
ES2766326T3 (en) 2013-03-15 2020-06-12 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc Compositions, formulations and methods to treat eye diseases
US20150050277A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-02-19 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc. Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases
CA2909080C (en) 2013-04-11 2022-07-26 Sunnybrook Research Institute Methods, uses and compositions of tie2 agonists
EP3010525A1 (en) 2013-06-20 2016-04-27 Novartis AG Use of a vegf antagonist in treating choroidal neovascularisation
US20160130321A1 (en) 2013-06-20 2016-05-12 Gabriela Burian Use of a vegf antagonist in treating macular edema
US20160151410A1 (en) 2013-07-02 2016-06-02 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Clearance of bioactive lipids from membrane structures by cyclodextrins
CA2917807A1 (en) 2013-07-11 2015-01-15 Novartis Ag Use of a vegf antagonist in treating chorioretinal neovascular and permeability disorders in paediatric patients
CA2917813A1 (en) 2013-07-11 2015-01-15 Novartis Ag Use of a vegf antagonist in treating retinopathy of prematurity
US9902767B2 (en) 2013-07-29 2018-02-27 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method of blocking vascular leakage using an anti-ANG2 antibody
US10617755B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2020-04-14 Genentech, Inc. Combination therapy for the treatment of glioblastoma
CA2925936A1 (en) 2013-10-01 2015-04-09 Sphingotec Gmbh A method for predicting the risk of getting a major adverse cardiac event
HUE044660T2 (en) 2013-11-01 2019-11-28 Regeneron Pharma Angiopoietin-based interventions for treating cerebral malaria
WO2015126860A1 (en) 2014-02-19 2015-08-27 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Process for preparing n-benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-substituted-pyridin-2-(1h)-ones
WO2015138882A1 (en) 2014-03-14 2015-09-17 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Hptp-beta inhibitors
JP2015199733A (en) 2014-04-04 2015-11-12 国立大学法人東北大学 Ocular hypotensive agent
US9719135B2 (en) 2014-07-03 2017-08-01 Mannin Research Inc. Conditional angiopoietin-1/angiopoietin-2 double knock-out mice with defective ocular drainage system
US9539245B2 (en) 2014-08-07 2017-01-10 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Combination of immunotherapies with activators of Tie-2
WO2016049183A1 (en) 2014-09-24 2016-03-31 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Ve-ptp extracellular domain antibodies delivered by a gene therapy vector
TWI761959B (en) 2014-11-07 2022-04-21 瑞士商諾華公司 Methods for treating ocular diseases
US20160144025A1 (en) 2014-11-25 2016-05-26 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and formulations for treating vascular eye diseases
JP6959924B2 (en) 2015-09-23 2021-11-05 エアーピオ ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド Method of treating intraocular pressure with TIE-2 activator
US10253094B2 (en) 2016-07-20 2019-04-09 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Antibodies that target human protein tyrosine phosphatase-beta (HPTP-beta) and methods of use thereof to treat ocular conditions

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040167183A1 (en) 2003-02-20 2004-08-26 The Procter & Gamble Company Phenethylamino sulfamic acids

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
KRUEGAR ET AL., EMBO J., 1990, pages 9

Cited By (57)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7973142B2 (en) 2006-04-07 2011-07-05 Warner Chilcott Company Antibodies that bind human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTPβ)
US11814425B2 (en) 2006-04-07 2023-11-14 Eye Point Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antibodies that bind human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTPbeta) and uses thereof
US9926367B2 (en) 2006-04-07 2018-03-27 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Antibodies that bind human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTPbeta) and uses thereof
US9126958B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2015-09-08 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US10463650B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2019-11-05 Aerpio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
USRE46592E1 (en) 2006-06-27 2017-10-31 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US9795594B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2017-10-24 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US9284285B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2016-03-15 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
KR101495950B1 (en) * 2009-01-12 2015-02-26 에르피오 세러퓨틱스 인코포레이티드 Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome
EP2385763A4 (en) * 2009-01-12 2013-03-06 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome
CN109771421A (en) * 2009-01-12 2019-05-21 爱尔皮奥治疗有限公司 The method for treating vascular leak syndrome
EP2385763A1 (en) * 2009-01-12 2011-11-16 Akebia Therapeutics Inc. Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome
CN114939117A (en) * 2009-01-12 2022-08-26 视点制药公司 Method of treating vascular leak syndrome
JP2014193910A (en) * 2009-01-12 2014-10-09 Akebia Therapeutics Inc Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome
WO2010081172A1 (en) 2009-01-12 2010-07-15 Akebia Therapeutics Inc. Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome
US9096555B2 (en) * 2009-01-12 2015-08-04 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome
CN108635350A (en) * 2009-01-12 2018-10-12 爱尔皮奥治疗有限公司 The method for treating vascular leak syndrome
AU2016204410B2 (en) * 2009-01-12 2018-10-04 EyePoint Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome
AU2016203254B2 (en) * 2009-01-12 2018-09-13 EyePoint Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome
JP2012515169A (en) * 2009-01-12 2012-07-05 アケビア セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド How to treat vascular leak syndrome
AU2014202211B2 (en) * 2009-01-12 2016-06-02 EyePoint Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome
US20110268694A1 (en) * 2009-01-12 2011-11-03 Robert Shalwitz Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome
AU2011312203B2 (en) * 2009-01-12 2016-07-28 EyePoint Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating ocular edema, neovascularization and related diseases
AU2011312203C1 (en) * 2009-01-12 2016-09-08 EyePoint Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating ocular edema, neovascularization and related diseases
JP2012519730A (en) * 2009-07-06 2012-08-30 アケビア セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド Compounds, compositions and methods for preventing metastasis of cancer cells
US8569348B2 (en) * 2009-07-06 2013-10-29 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc. Compounds, compositions, and methods for preventing metastasis of cancer cells
US9949956B2 (en) 2009-07-06 2018-04-24 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Compounds, compositions, and methods for preventing metastasis of cancer cells
JP2017122130A (en) * 2009-07-06 2017-07-13 エアーピオ セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド Compounds, compositions, and methods for preventing metastasis of cancer cells
JP2014139208A (en) * 2009-07-06 2014-07-31 Akebia Therapeutics Inc Compounds, compositions, and methods for preventing metastasis of cancer cells
US20120128625A1 (en) * 2009-07-06 2012-05-24 Robert Shalwitz Compounds, compositions, and methods for preventing metastasis of cancer cells
KR101426125B1 (en) * 2009-07-06 2014-08-06 에르피오 세러퓨틱스 인코포레이티드 Compounds, compositions, and methods for preventing metastasis of cancer cells
CN102365024A (en) * 2009-07-06 2012-02-29 阿克比治疗有限公司 Compounds, compositions, and methods for preventing metastasis of cancer cells
JP2016006118A (en) * 2009-07-06 2016-01-14 エアーピオ セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド Compounds, compositions, and methods for preventing metastasis of cancer cells
US9174950B2 (en) 2009-07-06 2015-11-03 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Compounds, compositions, and methods for preventing metastasis of cancer cells
US9540326B2 (en) 2009-11-06 2017-01-10 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors
KR101823924B1 (en) * 2010-10-07 2018-01-31 에르피오 세러퓨틱스 인코포레이티드 Compositions and methods for treating ocular edema, neovascularization and related diseases
WO2012047966A3 (en) * 2010-10-07 2012-06-28 Akebia Therapeutics Inc. Compositions and methods for treating ocular edema, neovascularization and related diseases
US10150811B2 (en) 2011-10-13 2018-12-11 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome and cancer
US10815300B2 (en) 2011-10-13 2020-10-27 Aerpio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome and cancer
US10329357B2 (en) 2011-10-13 2019-06-25 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Treatment of ocular disease
US9440963B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-09-13 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions, formulations and methods for treating ocular diseases
US10220048B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-03-05 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases
US9388135B2 (en) 2014-02-19 2016-07-12 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Process for preparing N-benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-substituted-pyridin-2-(1H)-ones
US9994560B2 (en) 2014-03-14 2018-06-12 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. HPTP-β inhibitors
US10858354B2 (en) 2014-03-14 2020-12-08 Aerpio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. HPTP-Beta inhibitors
US20180354937A1 (en) * 2014-03-14 2018-12-13 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Hptp-beta inhibitors
US9539245B2 (en) 2014-08-07 2017-01-10 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Combination of immunotherapies with activators of Tie-2
EP3977994A1 (en) * 2015-09-23 2022-04-06 Aerpio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Activators of tie-2 for use in treating intraocular pressure
US11666558B2 (en) 2015-09-23 2023-06-06 EyePoint Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating intraocular pressure with activators of Tie-2
EP3352856A4 (en) * 2015-09-23 2019-05-01 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of treating intraocular pressure with activators of tie-2
US10952992B2 (en) 2015-09-23 2021-03-23 Aerpio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating intraocular pressure with activators of Tie-2
US10253094B2 (en) 2016-07-20 2019-04-09 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Antibodies that target human protein tyrosine phosphatase-beta (HPTP-beta) and methods of use thereof to treat ocular conditions
US11180551B2 (en) 2016-07-20 2021-11-23 EyePoint Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Humanized monoclonal antibodies that target VE-PTP (HPTP-beta)
US11136389B2 (en) 2016-07-20 2021-10-05 Aerpio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Humanized monoclonal antibodies that target VE-PTP (HPTP-β)
US10604569B2 (en) 2016-07-20 2020-03-31 Aerpio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Humanized monoclonal antibodies that target protein tyrosine phosphatase-beta (HPTP-β/VE-PTP)
US10597452B2 (en) 2016-07-20 2020-03-24 Aerpio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating ocular conditions by administering humanized monoclonal antibodies that target VE-PTP (HPTP-beta)
US11253502B2 (en) 2019-04-29 2022-02-22 EyePoint Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tie-2 activators targeting the Schlemm's canal

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP2592072A2 (en) 2013-05-15
US7622593B2 (en) 2009-11-24
US20080108631A1 (en) 2008-05-08
US20100016336A1 (en) 2010-01-21
SI2041102T1 (en) 2015-01-30
MX2009000288A (en) 2009-03-20
AU2007265453B2 (en) 2012-01-19
DK2041102T3 (en) 2014-12-15
DK2592072T3 (en) 2017-12-04
EP3323815B1 (en) 2020-10-07
ZA200900559B (en) 2010-06-30
JP5232778B2 (en) 2013-07-10
KR101155365B1 (en) 2012-06-20
AU2007265453A1 (en) 2008-01-03
US8946232B2 (en) 2015-02-03
ES2525429T3 (en) 2014-12-22
US20220117946A1 (en) 2022-04-21
CA2657096A1 (en) 2008-01-03
US20160374996A1 (en) 2016-12-29
US20220378750A1 (en) 2022-12-01
US8258311B2 (en) 2012-09-04
ES2846154T3 (en) 2021-07-28
CN101506183A (en) 2009-08-12
BRPI0713570A2 (en) 2012-10-30
USRE46592E1 (en) 2017-10-31
US20180221346A1 (en) 2018-08-09
US20130096140A1 (en) 2013-04-18
JP2013127006A (en) 2013-06-27
JP2009542658A (en) 2009-12-03
US10463650B2 (en) 2019-11-05
US9126958B2 (en) 2015-09-08
US20140221666A1 (en) 2014-08-07
IL196128A0 (en) 2009-09-22
EP2592072A3 (en) 2013-05-29
PT3323815T (en) 2021-01-13
US8895563B2 (en) 2014-11-25
PT2592072T (en) 2017-12-11
HK1129386A1 (en) 2009-11-27
ES2650598T3 (en) 2018-01-19
IL196128A (en) 2013-08-29
EP3323815A1 (en) 2018-05-23
KR20090024819A (en) 2009-03-09
DK3323815T3 (en) 2021-01-11
US9795594B2 (en) 2017-10-24
US9284285B2 (en) 2016-03-15
US20150210656A1 (en) 2015-07-30
PL2041102T3 (en) 2015-03-31
EP2041102A2 (en) 2009-04-01
PL3323815T3 (en) 2021-04-19
WO2008002569A3 (en) 2008-02-14
CO6150144A2 (en) 2010-04-20
EP3323815B8 (en) 2020-12-30
PT2041102E (en) 2014-12-22
NZ574407A (en) 2012-02-24
US20200253936A1 (en) 2020-08-13
CN101506183B (en) 2012-08-08
AU2007265453A2 (en) 2009-07-09
PL2592072T3 (en) 2018-02-28
RU2447065C2 (en) 2012-04-10
US20130324558A1 (en) 2013-12-05
EP2041102B1 (en) 2014-11-12
EP2592072B1 (en) 2017-09-20
RU2009102516A (en) 2010-08-10
US20100069448A1 (en) 2010-03-18
JP5860427B2 (en) 2016-02-16
CA2657096C (en) 2014-01-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10463650B2 (en) Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US8329916B2 (en) Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and method of use
US8846685B2 (en) Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200780030939.0

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07809907

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2657096

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 196128

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2009518226

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12009500031

Country of ref document: PH

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2009/000288

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 515/DELNP/2009

Country of ref document: IN

Ref document number: 2007809907

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007265453

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020097001678

Country of ref document: KR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 574407

Country of ref document: NZ

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2009102516

Country of ref document: RU

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2007265453

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20070627

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0713570

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20081223